updated pot files

5 files changed, 282 insertions, 5888 deletions

diff --git a/perl-install/share/po/DrakX.pot b/perl-install/share/po/DrakX.pot
index 0553a60f1..4a12875d3 100644
--- a/perl-install/share/po/DrakX.pot
+++ b/perl-install/share/po/DrakX.pot
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@
 msgid ""
 msgstr ""
 "Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2003-09-09 17:07+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2003-09-16 13:45+0200\n"
 "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
 "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
 "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n"
@@ -171,7 +171,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "If set, send the mail report to this email address else send it to root"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../standalone/drakconnect:1
+#: ../../modules/interactive.pm:1 ../../standalone/drakconnect:1
 #, c-format
 msgid "Parameters"
 msgstr ""
@@ -470,6 +470,11 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Iraq"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../standalone/drakbug:1
+#, c-format
+msgid "connecting to %s ..."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../standalone/drakgw:1
 #, c-format
 msgid ""
@@ -509,6 +514,15 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Default desktop"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../standalone/drakbug:1
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"To submit a bug report, click on the button report.\n"
+"This will open  a web browser window on %s\n"
+" where you'll find a form to fill in.  The information displayed above will be \n"
+"transferred to that server."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../lang.pm:1
 #, c-format
 msgid "Venezuela"
@@ -919,6 +933,32 @@ msgid ""
 "No D-Channel (leased lines)"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../standalone/drakTermServ:1
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"        - /etc/xinetd.d/tftp:\n"
+"        \tdrakTermServ will configure this file to work in conjunction with the images created\n"
+"        \tby mkinitrd-net, and the entries in /etc/dhcpd.conf, to serve up the boot image to \n"
+"        \teach diskless client.\n"
+"\n"
+"        \tA typical tftp configuration file looks like:\n"
+"        \t\t\n"
+"        \tservice tftp\n"
+"\t\t\t{\n"
+"                        disable         = no\n"
+"                        socket_type  = dgram\n"
+"                        protocol        = udp\n"
+"                        wait             = yes\n"
+"                        user             = root\n"
+"                        server          = /usr/sbin/in.tftpd\n"
+"                        server_args  = -s /var/lib/tftpboot\n"
+"        \t}\n"
+"        \t\t\n"
+"        \tThe changes here from the default installation are changing the disable flag to\n"
+"        \t'no' and changing the directory path to /var/lib/tftpboot, where mkinitrd-net\n"
+"        \tputs its images."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../printer/printerdrake.pm:1
 #, c-format
 msgid "Option %s must be a number!"
@@ -1491,14 +1531,14 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Use the %c and %c keys for selecting which entry is highlighted."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../standalone/drakperm:1
+#: ../../mouse.pm:1 ../../mouse.pm:1
 #, c-format
-msgid "Enable \"%s\" to execute the file"
+msgid "Generic 2 Button Mouse"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../mouse.pm:1 ../../mouse.pm:1
+#: ../../standalone/drakperm:1
 #, c-format
-msgid "Generic 2 Button Mouse"
+msgid "Enable \"%s\" to execute the file"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../lvm.pm:1
@@ -2311,7 +2351,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Bosnian"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../standalone/drakbug:1
+#: ../../standalone/drakbug:1 ../../standalone/drakbug:1
 #, c-format
 msgid "Release: "
 msgstr ""
@@ -2474,6 +2514,20 @@ msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../standalone/drakTermServ:1
 #, c-format
+msgid ""
+"        - Create etherboot floppies/CDs:\n"
+"        \tThe diskless client machines need either ROM images on the NIC, or a boot floppy\n"
+"        \tor CD to initate the boot sequence.  drakTermServ will help generate these\n"
+"        \timages, based on the NIC in the client machine.\n"
+"        \t\t\n"
+"        \tA basic example of creating a boot floppy for a 3Com 3c509 manually:\n"
+"        \t\t\n"
+"        \tcat /usr/lib/etherboot/boot1a.bin \\\n"
+"        \t\t/usr/lib/etherboot/lzrom/3c509.lzrom > /dev/fd0"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../standalone/drakTermServ:1
+#, c-format
 msgid "Etherboot ISO image is %s"
 msgstr ""
 
@@ -2831,21 +2885,6 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Auto-detect printers connected to this machine"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../standalone/drakxtv:1
-#, c-format
-msgid ""
-"XawTV isn't installed!\n"
-"\n"
-"\n"
-"If you do have a TV card but DrakX has neither detected it (no bttv nor saa7134\n"
-"module in \"/etc/modules\") nor installed xawtv, please send the\n"
-"results of \"lspcidrake -v -f\" to \"install\\@mandrakesoft.com\"\n"
-"with subject \"undetected TV card\".\n"
-"\n"
-"\n"
-"You can install it by typing \"urpmi xawtv\" as root, in a console."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: ../../any.pm:1
 #, c-format
 msgid "Sorry, no floppy drive available"
@@ -3312,6 +3351,13 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Restore From Tape"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../standalone/drakbug:1
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"To submit a bug report, click the report button, which will open your default browser\n"
+"to Anthill where you will be able to upload the above information as a bug report."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../network/netconnect.pm:1
 #, c-format
 msgid "Choose the profile to configure"
@@ -3433,7 +3479,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Need hostname, username and password!"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../network/adsl.pm:1
+#: ../../network/tools.pm:1
 #, c-format
 msgid "Insert floppy"
 msgstr ""
@@ -3569,11 +3615,6 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Couldn't access the floppy!"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../standalone/drakbug:1
-#, c-format
-msgid "connecting to Bugzilla wizard ..."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: ../../network/drakfirewall.pm:1
 #, c-format
 msgid "Mail Server"
@@ -3745,6 +3786,11 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Description"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../standalone/drakbug:1
+#, c-format
+msgid "Please enter summary text."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../fsedit.pm:1
 #, c-format
 msgid "Error opening %s for writing: %s"
@@ -4431,7 +4477,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "The network needs to be restarted. Do you want to restart it ?"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../standalone/drakbug:1
+#: ../../standalone/drakbug:1 ../../standalone/drakbug:1
 #, c-format
 msgid "Package: "
 msgstr ""
@@ -4545,7 +4591,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Right Control key"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../network/adsl.pm:1
+#: ../../network/tools.pm:1
 #, c-format
 msgid "Insert a FAT formatted floppy in drive %s with %s in root directory and press %s"
 msgstr ""
@@ -5457,6 +5503,17 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "busmouse"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../standalone/drakTermServ:1
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"        - Create Etherboot Enabled Boot Images:\n"
+"        \tTo boot a kernel via etherboot, a special kernel/initrd image must be created.\n"
+"        \tmkinitrd-net does much of this work and drakTermServ is just a graphical \n"
+"        \tinterface to help manage/customize these images. To create the file \n"
+"        \t/etc/dhcpd.conf.etherboot-pcimap.include that is pulled in as an include in \n"
+"        \tdhcpd.conf, you should create the etherboot images for at least one full kernel."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../network/tools.pm:1 ../../standalone/drakconnect:1
 #, c-format
 msgid "Account Login (user name)"
@@ -5789,22 +5846,6 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Floppy"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../standalone/drakTermServ:1
-#, c-format
-msgid ""
-"        - Maintain /etc/exports:\n"
-"        \t\tClusternfs allows export of the root filesystem to diskless clients. drakTermServ\n"
-"        \t\tsets up the correct entry to allow anonymous access to the root filesystem from\n"
-"        \t\tdiskless clients.\n"
-"\n"
-"        \t\tA typical exports entry for clusternfs is:\n"
-"        \t\t\n"
-"        \t\t/                  (ro,all_squash)\n"
-"        \t\t/home              SUBNET/MASK(rw,root_squash)\n"
-"\t\t\t\n"
-"\t\t\tWith SUBNET/MASK being defined for your network."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: ../../standalone/drakfont:1
 #, c-format
 msgid "Ghostscript referencing"
@@ -6306,6 +6347,11 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Choose file"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../standalone/drakbug:1
+#, c-format
+msgid "Summary: "
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../network/shorewall.pm:1
 #, c-format
 msgid "Warning! An existing firewalling configuration has been detected. You may need some manual fixes after installation."
@@ -6373,6 +6419,15 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "the vendor name of the processor"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../standalone/drakTermServ:1
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"        - Maintain %s:\n"
+"        \tFor users to be able to log into the system from a diskless client, their entry in\n"
+"        \t/etc/shadow needs to be duplicated in %s. drakTermServ\n"
+"        \thelps in this respect by adding or removing system users from this file."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../diskdrake/interactive.pm:1
 #, c-format
 msgid "All data on this partition should be backed-up"
@@ -6643,6 +6698,11 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Encryption key for %s"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../install_steps_interactive.pm:1
+#, c-format
+msgid "Do you want to recover your system?"
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../services.pm:1
 #, c-format
 msgid ""
@@ -7049,6 +7109,11 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid ", "
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../standalone/drakbug:1
+#, c-format
+msgid "Submit lspci"
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../printer/printerdrake.pm:1
 #, c-format
 msgid "Remove selected host/network"
@@ -7244,6 +7309,11 @@ msgid ""
 "I am about to setup your Local Area Network with that adapter."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../standalone/drakbug:1
+#, c-format
+msgid "Submit cpuinfo"
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../install_steps_gtk.pm:1
 #, c-format
 msgid "Minimal install"
@@ -7254,6 +7324,11 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Ethiopia"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../standalone/drakbackup:1
+#, c-format
+msgid "YES"
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../security/l10n.pm:1
 #, c-format
 msgid "Enable \"crontab\" and \"at\" for users"
@@ -7536,14 +7611,6 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Printer \"%s\" on SMB/Windows server \"%s\""
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../standalone/drakbackup:1
-#, c-format
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"- Daemon (%s) include:\n"
-""
-msgstr ""
-
 #: ../../modules/parameters.pm:1
 #, c-format
 msgid "%d comma separated numbers"
@@ -7835,6 +7902,11 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Path"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../standalone/drakbug:1
+#, c-format
+msgid "NOT FOUND"
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../printer/printerdrake.pm:1
 #, c-format
 msgid "Here you can specify any arbitrary command line into which the job should be piped instead of being sent directly to a printer."
@@ -8344,15 +8416,6 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Total Progress"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../standalone/drakTermServ:1
-#, c-format
-msgid ""
-"        - Maintain /etc/shadow\\$\\$CLIENT\\$\\$:\n"
-"        \t\tFor users to be able to log into the system from a diskless client, their entry in\n"
-"        \t\t/etc/shadow needs to be duplicated in /etc/shadow\\$\\$CLIENTS\\$\\$. drakTermServ helps\n"
-"        \t\tin this respect by adding or removing system users from this file."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: ../../help.pm:1
 #, c-format
 msgid ""
@@ -8466,6 +8529,21 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Use Incremental/Differential Backups  (do not replace old backups)"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../standalone/drakTermServ:1
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"        - Maintain /etc/dhcpd.conf:\n"
+"        \tTo net boot clients, each client needs a dhcpd.conf entry, assigning an IP \n"
+"        \taddress and net boot images to the machine. drakTermServ helps create/remove \n"
+"        \tthese entries.\n"
+"\t\t\t\n"
+"        \t(PCI cards may omit the image - etherboot will request the correct image. \n"
+"\t\t\tYou should also consider that when etherboot looks for the images, it expects \n"
+"\t\t\tnames like boot-3c59x.nbi, rather than boot-3c59x.2.4.19-16mdk.nbi).\n"
+"\t\t\t \n"
+"        \tA typical dhcpd.conf stanza to support a diskless client looks like:"
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../harddrake/sound.pm:1
 #, c-format
 msgid "There's no known driver for your sound card (%s)"
@@ -8570,6 +8648,11 @@ msgid ""
 "in number of characters"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../fsedit.pm:1
+#, c-format
+msgid "You may not be able to install lilo (since lilo doesn't handle a LV on multiple PVs)"
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../install_steps_gtk.pm:1
 #, c-format
 msgid "Updating package selection"
@@ -8829,6 +8912,16 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Unselect fonts installed"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../mouse.pm:1
+#, c-format
+msgid "Wheel"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: ../../standalone/drakbug:1
+#, c-format
+msgid "Submit kernel version"
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../any.pm:1 ../../help.pm:1 ../../help.pm:1 ../../install_steps_gtk.pm:1 ../../install_steps_interactive.pm:1 ../../interactive.pm:1 ../../ugtk2.pm:1 ../../ugtk2.pm:1 ../../ugtk2.pm:1 ../../ugtk2.pm:1 ../../Xconfig/resolution_and_depth.pm:1 ../../diskdrake/smbnfs_gtk.pm:1 ../../interactive/gtk.pm:1 ../../interactive/http.pm:1 ../../interactive/http.pm:1 ../../interactive/newt.pm:1 ../../interactive/newt.pm:1 ../../interactive/stdio.pm:1 ../../interactive/stdio.pm:1 ../../interactive/stdio.pm:1 ../../printer/printerdrake.pm:1 ../../standalone/drakautoinst:1 ../../standalone/drakbackup:1 ../../standalone/drakbackup:1 ../../standalone/drakbackup:1 ../../standalone/drakbackup:1 ../../standalone/drakbackup:1 ../../standalone/drakbackup:1 ../../standalone/drakbackup:1 ../../standalone/drakbackup:1 ../../standalone/drakbackup:1 ../../standalone/drakbackup:1 ../../standalone/drakboot:1 ../../standalone/drakconnect:1 ../../standalone/drakconnect:1 ../../standalone/drakconnect:1 ../../standalone/drakconnect:1 ../../standalone/drakconnect:1 ../../standalone/drakfloppy:1 ../../standalone/drakfloppy:1 ../../standalone/drakfont:1 ../../standalone/drakgw:1 ../../standalone/drakperm:1 ../../standalone/drakperm:1 ../../standalone/draksec:1 ../../standalone/logdrake:1 ../../standalone/mousedrake:1 ../../standalone/net_monitor:1
 #, c-format
 msgid "Cancel"
@@ -8839,11 +8932,6 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Searching for configured scanners ..."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../mouse.pm:1
-#, c-format
-msgid "Wheel"
-msgstr ""
-
 #: ../../harddrake/data.pm:1
 #, c-format
 msgid "Videocard"
@@ -8910,6 +8998,11 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Button 2 Emulation"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../standalone/drakbug:1
+#, c-format
+msgid "Please enter a package name."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../security/l10n.pm:1
 #, c-format
 msgid "Run chkrootkit checks"
@@ -8990,6 +9083,11 @@ msgid ""
 ""
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../install_messages.pm:1
+#, c-format
+msgid "http://www.mandrakelinux.com/en/92errata.php3"
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../lang.pm:1
 #, c-format
 msgid "Honduras"
@@ -9135,6 +9233,31 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Gujarati"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../standalone/drakTermServ:1
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"        While you can use a pool of IP addresses, rather than setup a specific entry for\n"
+"        a client machine, using a fixed address scheme facilitates using the functionality\n"
+"        of client-specific configuration files that ClusterNFS provides.\n"
+"\t\t\t\n"
+"        Note: The '#type' entry is only used by drakTermServ.  Clients can either be 'thin'\n"
+"        or 'fat'.  Thin clients run most software on the server via xdmcp, while fat clients run \n"
+"        most software on the client machine. A special inittab, %s is\n"
+"        written for thin clients. System config files xdm-config, kdmrc, and gdm.conf are \n"
+"        modified if thin clients are used, to enable xdmcp. Since there are security issues in \n"
+"        using xdmcp, hosts.deny and hosts.allow are modified to limit access to the local\n"
+"        subnet.\n"
+"\t\t\t\n"
+"        Note: The '#hdw_config' entry is also only used by drakTermServ.  Clients can either \n"
+"        be 'true' or 'false'.  'true' enables root login at the client machine and allows local \n"
+"        hardware configuration of sound, mouse, and X, using the 'drak' tools. This is enabled \n"
+"        by creating separate config files associated with the client's IP address and creating \n"
+"        read/write mount points to allow the client to alter the file. Once you are satisfied \n"
+"        with the configuration, you can remove root login privileges from the client.\n"
+"\t\t\t\n"
+"        Note: You must stop/start the server after adding or changing clients."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../interactive/stdio.pm:1
 #, c-format
 msgid ""
@@ -9401,31 +9524,6 @@ msgid ""
 "http://www.linux-mandrake.com/en/hardware.php3"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../standalone/drakTermServ:1
-#, c-format
-msgid ""
-"\t\t\tWhile you can use a pool of IP addresses, rather than setup a specific entry for\n"
-"\t\t\ta client machine, using a fixed address scheme facilitates using the functionality\n"
-"\t\t\tof client-specific configuration files that ClusterNFS provides.\n"
-"\t\t\t\n"
-"\t\t\tNote: The \"#type\" entry is only used by drakTermServ.  Clients can either be 'thin'\n"
-"\t\t\tor 'fat'.  Thin clients run most software on the server via xdmcp, while fat clients run \n"
-"\t\t\tmost software on the client machine. A special inittab, /etc/inittab\\$\\$IP=client_ip\\$\\$ is\n"
-"\t\t\twritten for thin clients. System config files xdm-config, kdmrc, and gdm.conf are \n"
-"\t\t\tmodified if thin clients are used, to enable xdmcp. Since there are security issues in \n"
-"\t\t\tusing xdmcp, hosts.deny and hosts.allow are modified to limit access to the local\n"
-"\t\t\tsubnet.\n"
-"\t\t\t\n"
-"\t\t\tNote: The \"#hdw_config\" entry is also only used by drakTermServ.  Clients can either \n"
-"\t\t\tbe 'true' or 'false'.  'true' enables root login at the client machine and allows local \n"
-"\t\t\thardware configuration of sound, mouse, and X, using the 'drak' tools. This is enabled \n"
-"\t\t\tby creating separate config files associated with the client's IP address and creating \n"
-"\t\t\tread/write mount points to allow the client to alter the file. Once you are satisfied \n"
-"\t\t\twith the configuration, you can remove root login privileges from the client.\n"
-"\t\t\t\n"
-"\t\t\tNote: You must stop/start the server after adding or changing clients."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: ../../standalone/drakconnect:1
 #, c-format
 msgid "Configure Local Area Network..."
@@ -9782,18 +9880,11 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "/dev/hdb"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../standalone/drakTermServ:1
+#: ../../standalone/drakbug:1
 #, c-format
 msgid ""
-"        - Maintain /etc/dhcpd.conf:\n"
-"        \t\tTo net boot clients, each client needs a dhcpd.conf entry, assigning an IP address\n"
-"        \t\tand net boot images to the machine. drakTermServ helps create/remove these entries.\n"
-"\t\t\t\n"
-"        \t\t(PCI cards may omit the image - etherboot will request the correct image. You should\n"
-"        \t\talso consider that when etherboot looks for the images, it expects names like\n"
-"        \t\tboot-3c59x.nbi, rather than boot-3c59x.2.4.19-16mdk.nbi).\n"
-"\t\t\t \n"
-"        \t\tA typical dhcpd.conf stanza to support a diskless client looks like:"
+"Application Name\n"
+"or Full Path:"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../services.pm:1
@@ -10122,19 +10213,6 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "You will receive an alert if the load is higher than this value"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../standalone/drakbug:1
-#, c-format
-msgid ""
-"\n"
-"\n"
-"To submit a bug report, click on the button report.\n"
-"This will open  a web browser window  on https://drakbug.mandrakesoft.com\n"
-" where you'll find a form to fill in.The information displayed above will be \n"
-"transferred to that server\n"
-"\n"
-""
-msgstr ""
-
 #: ../../standalone/scannerdrake:1
 #, c-format
 msgid "Add a scanner manually"
@@ -10237,7 +10315,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Set the shell timeout. A value of zero means no timeout."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../network/adsl.pm:1
+#: ../../network/tools.pm:1
 #, c-format
 msgid "Firmware copy succeeded"
 msgstr ""
@@ -10528,11 +10606,6 @@ msgid ""
 "do you really want to overwrite its configuration?"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../install_steps_interactive.pm:1
-#, c-format
-msgid "No partition available"
-msgstr ""
-
 #: ../../standalone/scannerdrake:1
 #, c-format
 msgid "Use the scanners on hosts: "
@@ -10543,6 +10616,11 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Unselected All"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../install_steps_interactive.pm:1 ../../network/tools.pm:1
+#, c-format
+msgid "No partition available"
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../standalone/printerdrake:1
 #, c-format
 msgid ""
@@ -10585,7 +10663,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "modem"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../install_steps.pm:1
+#: ../../lang.pm:1
 #, c-format
 msgid "Welcome to %s"
 msgstr ""
@@ -10647,6 +10725,14 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Not the correct CD label. Disk is labelled %s."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../standalone/drakbackup:1
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"- Daemon, %s via:\n"
+""
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../standalone/drakgw:1
 #, c-format
 msgid ""
@@ -10769,20 +10855,6 @@ msgid ""
 ""
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../standalone/drakTermServ:1
-#, c-format
-msgid ""
-"        - Per client system configuration files:\n"
-"        \t\tThrough clusternfs, each diskless client can have its own unique configuration files\n"
-"        \t\ton the root filesystem of the server. By allowing local client hardware configuration, \n"
-"\t\t\t\tclients can customize files such as /etc/modules.conf, /etc/sysconfig/mouse, \n"
-"        \t\t/etc/sysconfig/keyboard on a per-client basis.\n"
-"\n"
-"        Note: Enabling local client hardware configuration does enable root login to the terminal \n"
-"        server on each client machine that has this feature enabled.  Local configuration can be turned\n"
-"        back off, retaining the configuration files, once the client machine is configured."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: ../../standalone/drakbug:1 ../../standalone/drakbug:1 ../../standalone/drakbug:1 ../../standalone/drakbug:1 ../../standalone/drakbug:1
 #, c-format
 msgid "Standalone Tools"
@@ -11531,7 +11603,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Local Printer"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../network/adsl.pm:1
+#: ../../network/tools.pm:1
 #, c-format
 msgid "Floppy access error, unable to mount device %s"
 msgstr ""
@@ -11634,32 +11706,6 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Reselect correct fonts"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../standalone/drakTermServ:1
-#, c-format
-msgid ""
-"        - /etc/xinetd.d/tftp:\n"
-"        \t\tdrakTermServ will configure this file to work in conjunction with the images created by\n"
-"        \t\tmkinitrd-net, and the entries in /etc/dhcpd.conf, to serve up the boot image to each\n"
-"        \t\tdiskless client.\n"
-"\n"
-"        \t\tA typical tftp configuration file looks like:\n"
-"        \t\t\n"
-"        \t\tservice tftp\n"
-"\t\t\t{\n"
-"                        disable         = no\n"
-"                        socket_type  = dgram\n"
-"                        protocol        = udp\n"
-"                        wait             = yes\n"
-"                        user             = root\n"
-"                        server          = /usr/sbin/in.tftpd\n"
-"                        server_args  = -s /var/lib/tftpboot\n"
-"        \t\t}\n"
-"        \t\t\n"
-"        \t\tThe changes here from the default installation are changing the disable flag to\n"
-"        \t\t'no' and changing the directory path to /var/lib/tftpboot, where mkinitrd-net\n"
-"        \t\tputs its images."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: ../../help.pm:1
 #, c-format
 msgid ""
@@ -11905,6 +11951,11 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Yaboot mode"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../mouse.pm:1
+#, c-format
+msgid "Generic 3 Button Mouse"
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../standalone/drakxtv:1
 #, c-format
 msgid "USA (cable)"
@@ -11917,11 +11968,6 @@ msgid ""
 "Launch \"lilo\" as root in command line to complete LiLo theme installation."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../mouse.pm:1
-#, c-format
-msgid "Generic 3 Button Mouse"
-msgstr ""
-
 #: ../../standalone/drakbackup:1
 #, c-format
 msgid "Select another media to restore from"
@@ -12230,20 +12276,6 @@ msgid ""
 ""
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../standalone/drakTermServ:1
-#, c-format
-msgid ""
-"        - Create etherboot floppies/CDs:\n"
-"        \t\tThe diskless client machines need either ROM images on the NIC, or a boot floppy\n"
-"        \t\tor CD to initate the boot sequence.  drakTermServ will help generate these images,\n"
-"        \t\tbased on the NIC in the client machine.\n"
-"        \t\t\n"
-"        \t\tA basic example of creating a boot floppy for a 3Com 3c509 manually:\n"
-"        \t\t\n"
-"        \t\tcat /usr/lib/etherboot/boot1a.bin \\\n"
-"        \t\t\t/usr/lib/etherboot/lzrom/3c509.lzrom > /dev/fd0"
-msgstr ""
-
 #: ../../standalone/scannerdrake:1
 #, c-format
 msgid "Select a scanner model"
@@ -12576,11 +12608,6 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Sharing of local printers"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../install_messages.pm:1
-#, c-format
-msgid "http://www.mandrakelinux.com/en/92errata.php3"
-msgstr ""
-
 #: ../../security/help.pm:1
 #, c-format
 msgid "Enable/Disable libsafe if libsafe is found on the system."
@@ -12591,6 +12618,11 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Available printers"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../standalone/drakbackup:1
+#, c-format
+msgid "NO"
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../diskdrake/hd_gtk.pm:1 ../../diskdrake/interactive.pm:1
 #, c-format
 msgid "Empty"
@@ -12620,17 +12652,6 @@ msgid ""
 "Press \"%s\" to continue."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../standalone/drakTermServ:1
-#, c-format
-msgid ""
-"        - Create Etherboot Enabled Boot Images:\n"
-"        \t\tTo boot a kernel via etherboot, a special kernel/initrd image must be created.\n"
-"        \t\tmkinitrd-net does much of this work and drakTermServ is just a graphical interface\n"
-"        \t\tto help manage/customize these images. To create the file \n"
-"        \t\t/etc/dhcpd.conf.etherboot-pcimap.include that is pulled in as an include in \n"
-"        \t\tdhcpd.conf, you should create the etherboot images for at least one full kernel."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: ../../printer/main.pm:1 ../../printer/printerdrake.pm:1
 #, c-format
 msgid "Interface \"%s\""
@@ -13365,6 +13386,15 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Refresh the list"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../standalone/drakTermServ:1
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"        - Per client %s:\n"
+"        \tThrough clusternfs, each diskless client can have its own unique configuration files\n"
+"        \ton the root filesystem of the server. By allowing local client hardware configuration, \n"
+"        \tdrakTermServ will help create these files."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../standalone/drakpxe:1
 #, c-format
 msgid ""
@@ -13434,7 +13464,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Note that currently all 'net' media also use the hard drive."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../fsedit.pm:1 ../../install_steps_interactive.pm:1 ../../install_steps.pm:1 ../../diskdrake/dav.pm:1 ../../diskdrake/hd_gtk.pm:1 ../../diskdrake/interactive.pm:1 ../../diskdrake/interactive.pm:1 ../../diskdrake/interactive.pm:1 ../../diskdrake/interactive.pm:1 ../../diskdrake/interactive.pm:1 ../../diskdrake/interactive.pm:1 ../../diskdrake/smbnfs_gtk.pm:1 ../../interactive/http.pm:1 ../../interactive/http.pm:1 ../../standalone/drakboot:1 ../../standalone/drakboot:1 ../../standalone/drakboot:1 ../../standalone/drakboot:1 ../../standalone/drakboot:1 ../../standalone/drakboot:1 ../../standalone/drakbug:1 ../../standalone/drakfloppy:1 ../../standalone/drakfloppy:1 ../../standalone/drakfloppy:1 ../../standalone/drakfont:1 ../../standalone/draksplash:1
+#: ../../fsedit.pm:1 ../../install_steps_interactive.pm:1 ../../install_steps.pm:1 ../../diskdrake/dav.pm:1 ../../diskdrake/hd_gtk.pm:1 ../../diskdrake/interactive.pm:1 ../../diskdrake/interactive.pm:1 ../../diskdrake/interactive.pm:1 ../../diskdrake/interactive.pm:1 ../../diskdrake/interactive.pm:1 ../../diskdrake/interactive.pm:1 ../../diskdrake/smbnfs_gtk.pm:1 ../../interactive/http.pm:1 ../../interactive/http.pm:1 ../../standalone/drakboot:1 ../../standalone/drakboot:1 ../../standalone/drakboot:1 ../../standalone/drakboot:1 ../../standalone/drakboot:1 ../../standalone/drakboot:1 ../../standalone/drakbug:1 ../../standalone/drakbug:1 ../../standalone/drakbug:1 ../../standalone/drakfloppy:1 ../../standalone/drakfloppy:1 ../../standalone/drakfloppy:1 ../../standalone/drakfont:1 ../../standalone/draksplash:1
 #, c-format
 msgid "Error"
 msgstr ""
@@ -13878,12 +13908,17 @@ msgid ""
 ""
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../standalone/drakbug:1
+#, c-format
+msgid "YOUR TEXT HERE"
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../standalone/drakconnect:1
 #, c-format
 msgid "New profile..."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../standalone/draksec:1
+#: ../../modules/interactive.pm:1 ../../standalone/draksec:1
 #, c-format
 msgid "NONE"
 msgstr ""
@@ -14408,6 +14443,11 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "burner"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../standalone/drakbug:1
+#, c-format
+msgid "Bug Description/System Information"
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../standalone/drakbackup:1
 #, c-format
 msgid " (Default is all users)"
@@ -14526,6 +14566,20 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "If no port is given, 631 will be taken as default."
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../standalone/drakTermServ:1
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"        - Per client system configuration files:\n"
+"        \tThrough clusternfs, each diskless client can have its own unique configuration files\n"
+"        \ton the root filesystem of the server. By allowing local client hardware configuration, \n"
+"        \tclients can customize files such as /etc/modules.conf, /etc/sysconfig/mouse, \n"
+"        \t/etc/sysconfig/keyboard on a per-client basis.\n"
+"\n"
+"        Note: Enabling local client hardware configuration does enable root login to the terminal \n"
+"        server on each client machine that has this feature enabled.  Local configuration can be\n"
+"        turned back off, retaining the configuration files, once the client machine is configured."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../install_steps_gtk.pm:1 ../../install_steps_interactive.pm:1
 #, c-format
 msgid ""
@@ -14711,7 +14765,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid " (Parallel Ports: /dev/lp0, /dev/lp1, ..., equivalent to LPT1:, LPT2:, ..., 1st USB printer: /dev/usb/lp0, 2nd USB printer: /dev/usb/lp1, ...)."
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../network/adsl.pm:1 ../../network/netconnect.pm:1
+#: ../../network/netconnect.pm:1 ../../network/tools.pm:1
 #, c-format
 msgid "Next"
 msgstr ""
@@ -15868,7 +15922,7 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "format of floppies supported by the drive"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../network/adsl.pm:1
+#: ../../network/tools.pm:1
 #, c-format
 msgid "Firmware copy failed, file %s not found"
 msgstr ""
@@ -16417,6 +16471,11 @@ msgid ""
 ""
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../standalone/drakbug:1
+#, c-format
+msgid "Find Package"
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../printer/printerdrake.pm:1
 #, c-format
 msgid ""
@@ -16534,6 +16593,22 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "hard disk model"
 msgstr ""
 
+#: ../../standalone/drakTermServ:1
+#, c-format
+msgid ""
+"        - Maintain /etc/exports:\n"
+"        \tClusternfs allows export of the root filesystem to diskless clients. drakTermServ\n"
+"        \tsets up the correct entry to allow anonymous access to the root filesystem from\n"
+"        \tdiskless clients.\n"
+"\n"
+"        \tA typical exports entry for clusternfs is:\n"
+"        \t\t\n"
+"        \t/\t\t\t\t\t(ro,all_squash)\n"
+"        \t/home\t\t\t\tSUBNET/MASK(rw,root_squash)\n"
+"\t\t\t\n"
+"        \tWith SUBNET/MASK being defined for your network."
+msgstr ""
+
 #: ../../fsedit.pm:1
 #, c-format
 msgid "You can't use a LVM Logical Volume for mount point %s"
@@ -16701,14 +16776,14 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "Unmount"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../standalone/drakfont:1
+#: ../../mouse.pm:1 ../../mouse.pm:1
 #, c-format
-msgid "Uninstall Fonts"
+msgid "Microsoft Explorer"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../mouse.pm:1 ../../mouse.pm:1
+#: ../../standalone/drakfont:1
 #, c-format
-msgid "Microsoft Explorer"
+msgid "Uninstall Fonts"
 msgstr ""
 
 #: ../../keyboard.pm:1
@@ -17058,15 +17133,6 @@ msgstr ""
 msgid "enable radio support"
 msgstr ""
 
-#: ../../standalone/drakTermServ:1
-#, c-format
-msgid ""
-"        - Per client /etc/X11/XF86Config-4\\$\\$IP-ADDRESS\\$\\$:\n"
-"        \t\tThrough clusternfs, each diskless client can have its own unique configuration files\n"
-"        \t\ton the root filesystem of the server. By allowing local client hardware configuration, \n"
-"        \t\tdrakTermServ will help create these files."
-msgstr ""
-
 #: ../../standalone/scannerdrake:1
 #, c-format
 msgid "Scanner sharing to hosts: "
diff --git a/perl-install/share/po/help-de.pot b/perl-install/share/po/help-de.pot
index 716a370d7..db0f0cf4a 100644
--- a/perl-install/share/po/help-de.pot
+++ b/perl-install/share/po/help-de.pot
@@ -5,1088 +5,6 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n"
-"If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is actually\n"
-"present on your system, you can click on the button and choose another\n"
-"driver."
-msgstr ""
-"Б─·%sБ─°: if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed here. If\n"
-"you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is actually present\n"
-"on your system, you can click on the button and choose another driver."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"If you told the installer that you wanted to individually select packages,\n"
-"it will present a tree containing all packages classified by groups and\n"
-"subgroups. While browsing the tree, you can select entire groups,\n"
-"subgroups, or individual packages.\n"
-"\n"
-"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description appears on the\n"
-"right to let you know the purpose of the package.\n"
-"\n"
-"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
-"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
-"you will be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
-"installed. By default Mandrake Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
-"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
-"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that that\n"
-"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandrake Linux was\n"
-"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do\n"
-"or why it is being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will\n"
-"install the listed services and they will be started automatically by\n"
-"default during boot. !!\n"
-"\n"
-"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
-"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
-"dependency issue. Some packages have relationships between each other such\n"
-"that installation of a package requires that some other program is also\n"
-"required to be installed. The installer can determine which packages are\n"
-"required to satisfy a dependency to successfully complete the installation.\n"
-"\n"
-"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
-"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
-"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
-"on this icon will ask you to insert a floppy disk previously created at the\n"
-"end of another installation. See the second tip of last step on how to\n"
-"create such a floppy."
-msgstr ""
-"If you told the installer that you wanted to individually select packages,\n"
-"it will present a tree containing all packages classified by groups and\n"
-"subgroups. While browsing the tree, you can select entire groups,\n"
-"subgroups, or individual packages.\n"
-"\n"
-"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description appears on the\n"
-"right to let you know the purpose of the package.\n"
-"\n"
-"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
-"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
-"you will be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
-"installed. By default Mandrake Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
-"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
-"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that that\n"
-"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandrake Linux was\n"
-"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do\n"
-"or why it is being installed, then click Б─·%sБ─°. Clicking Б─·%sБ─° will install\n"
-"the listed services and they will be started automatically by default\n"
-"during boot. !!\n"
-"\n"
-"The Б─·%sБ─° option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
-"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
-"dependency issue. Some packages have relationships between each other such\n"
-"that installation of a package requires that some other program is also\n"
-"rerquired to be installed. The installer can determine which packages are\n"
-"required to satisfy a dependency to successfully complete the installation.\n"
-"\n"
-"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
-"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
-"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
-"on this icon will ask you to insert a floppy disk previously created at the\n"
-"end of another installation. See the second tip of last step on how to\n"
-"create such a floppy."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"At this point, you need to decide where you want to install the Mandrake\n"
-"Linux operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or\n"
-"if an existing operating system is using all the available space you will\n"
-"have to partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive consists\n"
-"of logically dividing it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
-"Mandrake Linux system.\n"
-"\n"
-"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
-"and can lead to lost data if there is an existing operating system already\n"
-"installed on the drive, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful if\n"
-"you are an inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
-"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
-"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
-"\n"
-"Depending on your hard drive configuration, several options are available:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": this option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
-"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": the wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
-"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
-"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
-"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
-"a good idea to keep them.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": if Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
-"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
-"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
-"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
-"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
-"data, provided you have previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
-"Backing up your data is strongly recommended.. Using this option is\n"
-"recommended if you want to use both Mandrake Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
-"the same computer.\n"
-"\n"
-"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
-"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
-"then when you started. You will have less free space under Microsoft\n"
-"Windows to store your data or to install new software.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": if you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
-"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandrake Linux system,\n"
-"choose this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo your\n"
-"choice after you confirm.\n"
-"\n"
-"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": this will simply erase everything on the drive and begin fresh,\n"
-"partitioning everything from scratch. All data on your disk will be lost.\n"
-"\n"
-"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
-"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
-"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
-"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
-"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
-"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
-msgstr ""
-"At this point, you need to decide where you want to install the Mandrake\n"
-"Linux operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or\n"
-"if an existing operating system is using all the available space you will\n"
-"have to partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive consists\n"
-"of logically dividing it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
-"Mandrake Linux system.\n"
-"\n"
-"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
-"and can lead to lost data if there is an existing operating system already\n"
-"installed on the drive, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful if\n"
-"you are an inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
-"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
-"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
-"\n"
-"Depending on your hard drive configuration, several options are available:\n"
-"\n"
-" * Б─·%sБ─°: this option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
-"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Б─·%sБ─°: the wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
-"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
-"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
-"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
-"a good idea to keep them.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Б─·%sБ─°: if Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes all\n"
-"the space available on it, you will have to create free space for Linux. To\n"
-"do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and data (see Б─·Erase\n"
-"entire diskБ─° solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows FAT or NTFS\n"
-"partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any data, provided\n"
-"you have previously defragmented the Windows partition. Backing up your\n"
-"data is strongly recommended.. Using this option is recommended if you want\n"
-"to use both Mandrake Linux and Microsoft Windows on the same computer.\n"
-"\n"
-"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
-"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
-"then when you started. You will have less free space under Microsoft\n"
-"Windows to store your data or to install new software.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Б─·%sБ─°: if you want to delete all data and all partitions present on your\n"
-"hard drive and replace them with your new Mandrake Linux system, choose\n"
-"this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo your choice\n"
-"after you confirm.\n"
-"\n"
-"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
-"\n"
-" * Б─·%sБ─°: this will simply erase everything on the drive and begin fresh,\n"
-"partitioning everything from scratch. All data on your disk will be lost.\n"
-"\n"
-"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
-"\n"
-" * Б─·%sБ─°: choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
-"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
-"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
-"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
-"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
-"refer to the Б─·Ihre Partitionen verwaltenБ─° section in the Б─·Starter\n"
-"HandbuchБ─°."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
-"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
-"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
-"\n"
-"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
-"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
-"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
-"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
-"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
-"issues.\n"
-"\n"
-"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
-"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
-"configure the driver."
-msgstr ""
-"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
-"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
-"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
-"\n"
-"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
-"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
-"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
-"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
-"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
-"issues.\n"
-"\n"
-"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
-"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
-"configure the driver."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"The Mandrake Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
-"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
-"CD and ask you to insert the correct CD as required."
-msgstr ""
-"The Mandrake Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
-"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
-"CD and ask you to insert the correct CD as required."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"It is now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your\n"
-"system. There are thousands of packages available for Mandrake Linux, and\n"
-"to make it simpler to manage the packages have been placed into groups of\n"
-"similar applications.\n"
-"\n"
-"Packages are sorted into groups corresponding to a particular use of your\n"
-"machine. Mandrake Linux sorts packages groups in four categories. You can\n"
-"mix and match applications from the various categories, so a\n"
-"``Workstation'' installation can still have applications from the\n"
-"``Development'' category installed.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
-"more of the groups that are in the workstation category.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": if plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
-"appropriate groups from that category.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
-"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
-"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
-"interface available.\n"
-"\n"
-"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
-"text about that group. If you unselect all groups when performing a regular\n"
-"installation (as opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up proposing\n"
-"different options for a minimal installation:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
-"working graphical desktop.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
-"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
-"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
-"command line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
-"megabytes.\n"
-"\n"
-"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you are familiar with the\n"
-"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
-"be installed.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you started the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can unselect all groups\n"
-"to avoid installing any new package. This is useful for repairing or\n"
-"updating an existing system."
-msgstr ""
-"It is now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your\n"
-"system. There are thousands of packages available for Mandrake Linux, and\n"
-"to make it simpler to manage the packages have been placed into groups of\n"
-"similar applications.\n"
-"\n"
-"Packages are sorted into groups corresponding to a particular use of your\n"
-"machine. Mandrake Linux sorts packages groups in four categories. You can\n"
-"mix and match applications from the various categories, so a Б─·WorkstationБ─°\n"
-"installation can still have applications from the Б─·DevelopmentБ─° category\n"
-"installed.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Б─·%sБ─°: if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
-"more of the groups that are in the workstation category.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Б─·%sБ─°: if plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
-"appropriate groups from that category.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Б─·%sБ─°: if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
-"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Б─·%sБ─°: this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
-"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
-"interface available.\n"
-"\n"
-"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
-"text about that group. If you unselect all groups when performing a regular\n"
-"installation (as opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up proposing\n"
-"different options for a minimal installation:\n"
-"\n"
-" * Б─·%sБ─°: install the minimum number of packages possible to have a working\n"
-"graphical desktop.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Б─·%sБ─°: installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
-"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Б─·%sБ─°: will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary to\n"
-"get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
-"command line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
-"megabytes.\n"
-"\n"
-"You can check the Б─·%sБ─° box, which is useful if you are familiar with the\n"
-"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
-"be installed.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you started the installation in Б─·%sБ─° mode, you can unselect all groups\n"
-"to avoid installing any new package. This is useful for repairing or\n"
-"updating an existing system."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"This step is activated only if an old GNU/Linux partition has been found on\n"
-"your machine.\n"
-"\n"
-"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new install or an upgrade\n"
-"of an existing Mandrake Linux system:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system. If\n"
-"you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or change the file\n"
-"system, you should use this option. However, depending on your partitioning\n"
-"scheme, you can prevent some of your existing data from being over-written.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": this installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
-"currently installed on your Mandrake Linux system. Your current\n"
-"partitioning scheme and user data is not altered. Most of other\n"
-"configuration steps remain available, similar to a standard installation.\n"
-"\n"
-"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandrake Linux systems\n"
-"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an Upgrade on versions prior\n"
-"to Mandrake Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
-msgstr ""
-"This step is activated only if an old GNU/Linux partition has been found on\n"
-"your machine.\n"
-"\n"
-"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new install or an upgrade\n"
-"of an existing Mandrake Linux system:\n"
-"\n"
-" * Б─·%sБ─°: For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system. If\n"
-"you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or change the file\n"
-"system, you should use this option. However, depending on your partitioning\n"
-"scheme, you can prevent some of your existing data from being over-written.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Б─·%sБ─°: this installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
-"currently installed on your Mandrake Linux system. Your current\n"
-"partitioning scheme and user data is not altered. Most of other\n"
-"configuration steps remain available, similar to a standard installation.\n"
-"\n"
-"Using the Б─·UpgradeБ─° option should work fine on Mandrake Linux systems\n"
-"running version Б─·8.1Б─° or later. Performing an Upgrade on versions prior to\n"
-"Mandrake Linux version Б─·8.1Б─° is not recommended."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Any partitions that have been newly defined must be formatted for use\n"
-"(formatting means creating a file system).\n"
-"\n"
-"At this time, you may wish to reformat some already existing partitions to\n"
-"erase any data they contain. If you wish to do that, please select those\n"
-"partitions as well.\n"
-"\n"
-"Please note that it is not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
-"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
-"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to\n"
-"reformat partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically\n"
-"\"/home\").\n"
-"\n"
-"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After formatting, all data on\n"
-"the selected partitions will be deleted and you will not be able to recover\n"
-"it.\n"
-"\n"
-"Click on \"%s\" when you are ready to format partitions.\n"
-"\n"
-"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
-"Mandrake Linux operating system installation.\n"
-"\n"
-"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions that will be checked for\n"
-"bad blocks on the disk."
-msgstr ""
-"Any partitions that have been newly defined must be formatted for use\n"
-"(formatting means creating a file system).\n"
-"\n"
-"At this time, you may wish to reformat some already existing partitions to\n"
-"erase any data they contain. If you wish to do that, please select those\n"
-"partitions as well.\n"
-"\n"
-"Please note that it is not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
-"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
-"system (such as Б─·/Б─°, Б─·/usrБ─° or Б─·/varБ─°) but you do not have to reformat\n"
-"partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically Б─·/homeБ─°).\n"
-"\n"
-"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After formatting, all data on\n"
-"the selected partitions will be deleted and you will not be able to recover\n"
-"it.\n"
-"\n"
-"Click on Б─·%sБ─° when you are ready to format partitions.\n"
-"\n"
-"Click on Б─·%sБ─° if you want to choose another partition for your new Mandrake\n"
-"Linux operating system installation.\n"
-"\n"
-"Click on Б─·%sБ─° if you wish to select partitions that will be checked for bad\n"
-"blocks on the disk."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Options\n"
-"\n"
-"   Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n"
-"switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check\n"
-"\"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n"
-"in getting the display configured."
-msgstr ""
-"Options\n"
-"\n"
-"   Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n"
-"switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check Б─·%sБ─°\n"
-"if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful in\n"
-"getting the display configured."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
-"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
-"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
-"any Windows data.\n"
-"\n"
-"Click on \"%s\" to stop this operation without losing any data and\n"
-"partitions present on this hard drive."
-msgstr ""
-"Click on Б─·%sБ─° if you want to delete all data and partitions present on this\n"
-"hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on Б─·%sБ─°, you will not be able to\n"
-"recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including any\n"
-"Windows data.\n"
-"\n"
-"Click on Б─·%sБ─° to stop this operation without losing any data and partitions\n"
-"present on this hard drive."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"At the time you are installing Mandrake Linux, it is likely that some\n"
-"packages have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been\n"
-"fixed, security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these\n"
-"updates, you are now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\"\n"
-"if you have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to\n"
-"install updated packages later.\n"
-"\n"
-"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of places from which updates can be\n"
-"retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree will\n"
-"appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install the\n"
-"selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
-msgstr ""
-"At the time you are installing Mandrake Linux, it is likely that some\n"
-"packages have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been\n"
-"fixed, security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these\n"
-"updates, you are now able to download them from the Internet. Check Б─·%sБ─° if\n"
-"you have a working Internet connection, or Б─·%sБ─° if you prefer to install\n"
-"updated packages later.\n"
-"\n"
-"Choosing Б─·%sБ─° will display a list of places from which updates can be\n"
-"retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree will\n"
-"appear: review the selection, and press Б─·%sБ─° to retrieve and install the\n"
-"selected package(s), or Б─·%sБ─° to abort."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Depending on the language you chose in section , DrakX will automatically\n"
-"select a particular type of keyboard configuration. Check the selection\n"
-"suits you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
-"\n"
-"Also, you may not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your\n"
-"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
-"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
-"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
-"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
-"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
-"\n"
-"Click on the \"%s\" button to be presented with the complete list of\n"
-"supported keyboards.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
-"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding that will switch the\n"
-"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
-msgstr ""
-"Depending on the language you chose in section , DrakX will automatically\n"
-"select a particular type of keyboard configuration. Check the selection\n"
-"suits you or chose another keyboard layout.\n"
-"\n"
-"Also, you may not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your\n"
-"language: for example, if you are an English speaking Swiss person, you may\n"
-"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English but are located in Quц╘bec,\n"
-"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
-"keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step will allow\n"
-"you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
-"\n"
-"Click on the Б─·%sБ─° button to be presented with the complete list of\n"
-"supported keyboards.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
-"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding that will switch the\n"
-"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"You will now set up your Internet/network connection. If you wish to\n"
-"connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click \"%s\".\n"
-"Mandrake Linux will attempt to auto-detect network devices and modems. If\n"
-"this detection fails, uncheck the \"%s\" box. You may also choose not to\n"
-"configure the network, or to do it later, in which case clicking the \"%s\"\n"
-"button will take you to the next step.\n"
-"\n"
-"When configuring your network, the available connections options are:\n"
-"Normal modem connection, Winmodem connection, ISDN modem, ADSL connection,\n"
-"cable modem, and finally a simple LAN connection (Ethernet).\n"
-"\n"
-"We will not detail each configuration option - just make sure that you have\n"
-"all the parameters, such as IP address, default gateway, DNS servers, etc.\n"
-"from your Internet Service Provider or system administrator.\n"
-"\n"
-"Winmodems are special integrated low-end modems that require an additional\n"
-"software to work compared to Normal modems. Some of those modems actually\n"
-"work under Mandrake Linux, some others not. You can consult the list of\n"
-"supported modems at LinModems.\n"
-"\n"
-"You can consult the ``Starter Guide'' chapter about Internet connections\n"
-"for details about the configuration, or simply wait until your system is\n"
-"installed and use the program described there to configure your connection."
-msgstr ""
-"You will now set up your Internet/network connection. If you wish to\n"
-"connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click Б─·%sБ─°.\n"
-"Mandrake Linux will attempt to autodetect network devices and modems. If\n"
-"this detection fails, uncheck the Б─·%sБ─° box. You may also choose not to\n"
-"configure the network, or to do it later, in which case clicking the Б─·%sБ─°\n"
-"button will take you to the next step.\n"
-"\n"
-"When configuring your network, the available connections options are:\n"
-"Normal modem connection, Winmodem connection, ISDN modem, ADSL connection,\n"
-"cable modem, and finally a simple LAN connection (Ethernet).\n"
-"\n"
-"We will not detail each configuration option - just make sure that you have\n"
-"all the parameters, such as IP address, default gateway, DNS servers, etc.\n"
-"from your Internet Service Provider or system administrator.\n"
-"\n"
-"Winmodems are special integrated low-end modems that require an additional\n"
-"software to work compared to Normal modems. Some of those modems actually\n"
-"work under Mandrake Linux, some others not. You can consult the the list of\n"
-"supported modems at LinModems.\n"
-"\n"
-"You can consult the Б─·Starter HandbuchБ─° chapter about Internet connections\n"
-"for details about the configuration, or simply wait until your system is\n"
-"installed and use the program described there to configure your connection."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
-"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
-"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandrake Linux rely upon.\n"
-"\n"
-"You will be presented with a list of different parameters to change to get\n"
-"an optimal graphical display: Graphic Card\n"
-"\n"
-"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
-"graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n"
-"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
-"\n"
-"   In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n"
-"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n"
-"suits your needs.\n"
-"\n"
-"\n"
-"\n"
-"Monitor\n"
-"\n"
-"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
-"monitor connected to your machine. If it is incorrect, you can choose from\n"
-"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer.\n"
-"\n"
-"\n"
-"\n"
-"Resolution\n"
-"\n"
-"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
-"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n"
-"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n"
-"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
-"\n"
-"\n"
-"\n"
-"Test\n"
-"\n"
-"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
-"\n"
-"   the system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
-"resolution. If you can see the message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
-"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you cannot see the message, it\n"
-"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
-"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds, bringing you back to the\n"
-"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
-"\n"
-"\n"
-"\n"
-"Options\n"
-"\n"
-"   Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n"
-"switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check\n"
-"\"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n"
-"in getting the display configured."
-msgstr ""
-"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
-"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
-"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandrake Linux rely upon.\n"
-"\n"
-"You will be presented with a list of different parameters to change to get\n"
-"an optimal graphical display: Graphic Card\n"
-"\n"
-"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
-"graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n"
-"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
-"\n"
-"   In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n"
-"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n"
-"suits your needs.\n"
-"\n"
-"\n"
-"\n"
-"Monitor\n"
-"\n"
-"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
-"monitor connected to your machine. If it is incorrect, you can choose from\n"
-"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer.\n"
-"\n"
-"\n"
-"\n"
-"Resolution\n"
-"\n"
-"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
-"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n"
-"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n"
-"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
-"\n"
-"\n"
-"\n"
-"Test\n"
-"\n"
-"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
-"\n"
-"   the system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
-"resolution. If you can see the message during the test and answer Б─·%sБ─°,\n"
-"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you cannot see the message, it\n"
-"means that some part of the autodetected configuration was incorrect and\n"
-"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds, bringing you back to the\n"
-"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
-"\n"
-"\n"
-"\n"
-"Options\n"
-"\n"
-"   Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n"
-"switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check Б─·%sБ─°\n"
-"if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful in\n"
-"getting the display configured."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Resolution\n"
-"\n"
-"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
-"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n"
-"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n"
-"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
-msgstr ""
-"Resolution\n"
-"\n"
-"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
-"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n"
-"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n"
-"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
-"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
-"information on how to setup a new printer. The interface presented there is\n"
-"similar to the one used during installation."
-msgstr ""
-"Б─·%sБ─°: clicking on the Б─·%sБ─° button will open the printer configuration\n"
-"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the Б─·Starter HandbuchБ─° for\n"
-"more information on how to setup a new printer. The interface presented\n"
-"there is similar to the one used during installation."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other OSs may\n"
-"offer you one, but Mandrake Linux offers two. Each of the printing system\n"
-"is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, don't queue'', is the choice\n"
-"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
-"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
-"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
-"with networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your first\n"
-"experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\" - `` Common Unix Printing System'', is an excellent choice for\n"
-"printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the planet. It is\n"
-"simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for the ancient\n"
-"\"lpd \" printing system, so it compatible with older operating systems\n"
-"which may still need print services. While quite powerful, the basic setup\n"
-"is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to emulate a \"lpd\" server, make\n"
-"sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd \" daemon. \"%s\" includes graphical\n"
-"front-ends for printing or choosing printer options and for managing the\n"
-"printer.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you make a choice now, and later find that you don't like your printing\n"
-"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandrake Control\n"
-"Center and clicking the expert button."
-msgstr ""
-"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other OSs may\n"
-"offer you one, but Mandrake Linux offers two. Each of the printing system\n"
-"is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Б─·%sБ─° -- which is an acronym for Б─·print, don't queueБ─°, is the choice if\n"
-"you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to panic\n"
-"out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (Б─·%sБ─° will\n"
-"handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used with\n"
-"networks.) It's recommended that you use Б─·pdqБ─° if this is your first\n"
-"experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Б─·%sБ─° - Б─· Common Unix Printing SystemБ─°, is an excellent choice for\n"
-"printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the planet. It is\n"
-"simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for the ancient\n"
-"Б─·lpd Б─° printing system, so it compatible with older operating systems which\n"
-"may still need print services. While quite powerful, the basic setup is\n"
-"almost as easy as Б─·pdqБ─°. If you need to emulate a Б─·lpdБ─° server, make sure\n"
-"you turn on the Б─·cups-lpd Б─° daemon. Б─·%sБ─° includes graphical front-ends for\n"
-"printing or choosing printer options and for managing the printer.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you make a choice now, and later find that you don't like your printing\n"
-"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandrake Control\n"
-"Center and clicking the expert button."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
-"system: you have to enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
-"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
-"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
-"do everything! That is why you must choose a password that is difficult to\n"
-"guess - DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too easy. As you\n"
-"can see, you are not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise you\n"
-"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
-"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
-"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
-"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
-"\"root\".\n"
-"\n"
-"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
-"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
-"too easy to compromise a system.\n"
-"\n"
-"One caveat -- do not make the password too long or complicated because you\n"
-"must be able to remember it!\n"
-"\n"
-"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it in. To reduce\n"
-"the chance of a blind typing error you will need to enter the password\n"
-"twice. If you do happen to make the same typing error twice, this\n"
-"``incorrect'' password will be the one you will have use the first time you\n"
-"connect.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you wish access to this computer to be controlled by an authentication\n"
-"server, click the \"%s\" button.\n"
-"\n"
-"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
-"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
-"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, if your computer\n"
-"will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust everybody\n"
-"who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
-msgstr ""
-"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
-"system: you have to enter the Б─·rootБ─° password. Б─·RootБ─° is the system\n"
-"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
-"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, Б─·rootБ─° can do\n"
-"everything! That is why you must choose a password that is difficult to\n"
-"guess - DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too easy. As you\n"
-"can see, you are not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise you\n"
-"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
-"operating system. Since Б─·rootБ─° can overcome all limitations and\n"
-"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
-"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
-"Б─·rootБ─°.\n"
-"\n"
-"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
-"characters long. Never write down the Б─·rootБ─° password -- it makes it far\n"
-"too easy to compromise a system.\n"
-"\n"
-"One caveat -- do not make the password too long or complicated because you\n"
-"must be able to remember it!\n"
-"\n"
-"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it in. To reduce\n"
-"the chance of a blind typing error you will need to enter the password\n"
-"twice. If you do happen to make the same typing error twice, this\n"
-"Б─·incorrectБ─° password will be the one you will have use the first time you\n"
-"connect.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you wish access to this computer to be controlled by an authentication\n"
-"server, click the Б─·%sБ─° button.\n"
-"\n"
-"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
-"services, select the appropriate one for Б─·%sБ─°. If you do not know which one\n"
-"to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, if your computer\n"
-"will never be connected to the internet and you absolutely trust everybody\n"
-"who uses your computer, you can choose to have Б─·%sБ─°."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Graphic Card\n"
-"\n"
-"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
-"graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n"
-"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
-"\n"
-"   In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n"
-"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n"
-"suits your needs."
-msgstr ""
-"Graphic Card\n"
-"\n"
-"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
-"graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n"
-"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
-"\n"
-"   In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n"
-"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n"
-"suits your needs."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"You can add additional entries in yaboot for other operating systems,\n"
-"alternate kernels, or for an emergency boot image.\n"
-"\n"
-"For other OSs, the entry consists only of a label and the \"root\"\n"
-"partition.\n"
-"\n"
-"For Linux, there are a few possible options:\n"
-"\n"
-" * Label: this is the name you will have to type at the yaboot prompt to\n"
-"select this boot option.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Image: this is the name of the kernel to boot. Typically, vmlinux or a\n"
-"variation of vmlinux with an extension.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Root: the \"root\" device or ``/'' for your Linux installation.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Append: on Apple hardware, the kernel append option is often used to\n"
-"assist in initializing video hardware, or to enable keyboard mouse button\n"
-"emulation for the missing 2nd and 3rd mouse buttons on a stock Apple mouse.\n"
-"The following are some examples:\n"
-"\n"
-"   	      video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
-"hda=autotune\n"
-"\n"
-"   	      video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
-"\n"
-" * Initrd: this option can be used either to load initial modules before\n"
-"the boot device is available, or to load a ramdisk image for an emergency\n"
-"boot situation.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Initrd-size: the default ramdisk size is generally 4096 Kbytes. If you\n"
-"need to allocate a large ramdisk, this option can be used to specify a\n"
-"ramdisk larger than the default.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Read-write: normally the \"root\" partition is initially mounted as\n"
-"read-only, to allow a file system check before the system becomes ``live''.\n"
-"You can override the default with this option.\n"
-"\n"
-" * NoVideo: should the Apple video hardware prove to be exceptionally\n"
-"problematic, you can select this option to boot in ``novideo'' mode, with\n"
-"native frame buffer support.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Default: selects this entry as being the default Linux selection,\n"
-"selectable by pressing ENTER at the yaboot prompt. This entry will also be\n"
-"highlighted with a ``*'' if you press [Tab] to see the boot selections."
-msgstr ""
-"You can add additional entries in yaboot for other operating systems,\n"
-"alternate kernels, or for an emergency boot image.\n"
-"\n"
-"For other OSs, the entry consists only of a label and the Б─·rootБ─° partition.\n"
-"\n"
-"For Linux, there are a few possible options:\n"
-"\n"
-" * Label: this is the name you will have to type at the yaboot prompt to\n"
-"select this boot option.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Image: this is the name of the kernel to boot. Typically, vmlinux or a\n"
-"variation of vmlinux with an extension.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Root: the Б─·rootБ─° device or Б─·/Б─° for your Linux installation.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Append: on Apple hardware, the kernel append option is often used to\n"
-"assist in initializing video hardware, or to enable keyboard mouse button\n"
-"emulation for the missing 2nd and 3rd mouse buttons on a stock Apple mouse.\n"
-"The following are some examples:\n"
-"\n"
-"   	      video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
-"hda=autotune\n"
-"\n"
-"   	      video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
-"\n"
-" * Initrd: this option can be used either to load initial modules before\n"
-"the boot device is available, or to load a ramdisk image for an emergency\n"
-"boot situation.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Initrd-size: the default ramdisk size is generally 4096 Kbytes. If you\n"
-"need to allocate a large ramdisk, this option can be used to specify a\n"
-"ramdisk larger than the default.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Read-write: normally the Б─·rootБ─° partition is initially mounted as\n"
-"read-only, to allow a file system check before the system becomes Б─·liveБ─°.\n"
-"You can override the default with this option.\n"
-"\n"
-" * NoVideo: should the Apple video hardware prove to be exceptionally\n"
-"problematic, you can select this option to boot in Б─·novideoБ─° mode, with\n"
-"native frame buffer support.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Default: selects this entry as being the default Linux selection,\n"
-"selectable by pressing ENTER at the yaboot prompt. This entry will also be\n"
-"highlighted with a Б─·*Б─° if you press [Tab] to see the boot selections."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
-"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
-"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
-"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
-"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
-"also hosts another operating system like Windows.\n"
-"\n"
-"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the clock by connecting to a\n"
-"remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to work, you must have\n"
-"a working Internet connection. It is best to choose a time server located\n"
-"near you. This option actually installs a time server that can be used by\n"
-"other machines on your local network as well."
-msgstr ""
-"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
-"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
-"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
-"Б─·%sБ─°, which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the hardware\n"
-"clock are in the same timezone. This is useful when the machine also hosts\n"
-"another operating system like Windows.\n"
-"\n"
-"The Б─·%sБ─° option will automatically regulate the clock by connecting to a\n"
-"remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to work, you must have\n"
-"a working Internet connection. It is best to choose a time server located\n"
-"near you. This option actually installs a time server that can be used by\n"
-"other machines on your local network as well."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
-"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
-"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
-"two-button mouse can be ``pressed'' by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
-"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
-"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
-"\n"
-"In case you have a 3 buttons mouse without wheel, you can choose the mouse\n"
-"that says \"%s\". DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can\n"
-"simulate the wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your\n"
-"mouse up and down.\n"
-"\n"
-"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
-"from the list provided.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you choose a mouse other than the default, a test screen will be\n"
-"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
-"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
-"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and to\n"
-"go back to the list of choices.\n"
-"\n"
-"Wheel mice are occasionally not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
-"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
-"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
-"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image is displayed on-screen. Scroll\n"
-"the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activated correctly. Once you see the\n"
-"on-screen scroll wheel moving as you scroll your mouse wheel, test the\n"
-"buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you move your\n"
-"mouse."
-msgstr ""
-"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
-"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
-"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
-"two-button mouse can be Б─·pressedБ─° by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
-"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
-"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
-"\n"
-"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
-"from the list provided.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you choose a mouse other than the default, a test screen will be\n"
-"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
-"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
-"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and to\n"
-"go back to the list of choices.\n"
-"\n"
-"Wheel mice are occasionally not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
-"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
-"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
-"pressing the Б─·%sБ─° button, a mouse image is displayed on-screen. Scroll the\n"
-"mouse wheel to ensure that it is activated correctly. Once you see the\n"
-"on-screen scroll wheel moving as you scroll your mouse wheel, test the\n"
-"buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you move your\n"
-"mouse."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
-"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
-msgstr ""
-"Please select the correct port. For example, the Б─·COM1Б─° port under Windows\n"
-"is named Б─·ttyS0Б─° under GNU/Linux."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
 "GNU/Linux is a multi-user system, meaning each user may have their own\n"
 "preferences, their own files and so on. You can read the ``Starter Guide''\n"
 "to learn more about multi-user systems. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
@@ -1167,171 +85,6 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
-"Please choose which one you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
-"Mandrake Linux operating system.\n"
-"\n"
-"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
-"\"Capacity\".\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
-"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
-"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
-"hard drives:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
-"\n"
-"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
-"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
-"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
-msgstr ""
-"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
-"Please choose which one you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
-"Mandrake Linux operating system.\n"
-"\n"
-"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
-"\"Capacity\".\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
-"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
-"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
-"hard drives:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
-"\n"
-"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
-"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
-"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"After you have configured the general bootloader parameters, the list of\n"
-"boot options that will be available at boot time will be displayed.\n"
-"\n"
-"If there are other operating systems installed on your machine they will\n"
-"automatically be added to the boot menu. You can fine-tune the existing\n"
-"options by clicking \"%s\" to create a new entry; selecting an entry and\n"
-"clicking \"%s\" or \"%s\" to modify or remove it. \"%s\" validates your\n"
-"changes.\n"
-"\n"
-"You may also not want to give access to these other operating systems to\n"
-"anyone who goes to the console and reboots the machine. You can delete the\n"
-"corresponding entries for the operating systems to remove them from the\n"
-"bootloader menu, but you will need a boot disk in order to boot those other\n"
-"operating systems!"
-msgstr ""
-"After you have configured the general bootloader parameters, the list of\n"
-"boot options that will be available at boot time will be displayed.\n"
-"\n"
-"If there are other operating systems installed on your machine they will\n"
-"automatically be added to the boot menu. You can fine-tune the existing\n"
-"options by clicking Б─·%sБ─° to create a new entry; selecting an entry and\n"
-"clicking Б─·%sБ─° or Б─·%sБ─° to modify or remove it. Б─·%sБ─° validates your changes.\n"
-"\n"
-"You may also not want to give access to these other operating systems to\n"
-"anyone who goes to the console and reboots the machine. You can delete the\n"
-"corresponding entries for the operating systems to remove them from the\n"
-"bootloader menu, but you will need a boot disk in order to boot those other\n"
-"operating systems!"
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"This dialog allows you to fine tune your bootloader:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": there are three choices for your bootloader:\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"%s\": if you prefer grub (text menu).\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its text menu interface.\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its graphical interface.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": in most cases, you will not change the default (\"%s\"), but if\n"
-"you prefer, the bootloader can be installed on the second hard drive\n"
-"(\"%s\"), or even on a floppy disk (\"%s\");\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": after a boot or a reboot of the computer, this is the delay\n"
-"given to the user at the console to select a boot entry other than the\n"
-"default.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": ACPI is a new standard (appeared during year 2002) for power\n"
-"management, notably for laptops. If you know your hardware supports it and\n"
-"you need it, check this box.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": If you noticed hardware problems on your machine (IRQ conflicts,\n"
-"instabilities, machine freeze, ...) you should try disabling APIC by\n"
-"checking this box.\n"
-"\n"
-"!! Beware that if you choose not to install a bootloader (by selecting\n"
-"\"%s\"), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrake Linux\n"
-"system! Be sure you know what you are doing before changing any of the\n"
-"options. !!\n"
-"\n"
-"Clicking the \"%s\" button in this dialog will offer advanced options which\n"
-"are normally reserved for the expert user."
-msgstr ""
-"This dialog allows you to fine tune your bootloader:\n"
-"\n"
-" * Б─·%sБ─°: there are three choices for your bootloader:\n"
-"\n"
-"    * Б─·%sБ─°: if you prefer grub (text menu).\n"
-"\n"
-"    * Б─·%sБ─°: if you prefer LILO with its text menu interface.\n"
-"\n"
-"    * Б─·%sБ─°: if you prefer LILO with its graphical interface.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Б─·%sБ─°: in most cases, you will not change the default (Б─·%sБ─°), but if you\n"
-"prefer, the bootloader can be installed on the second hard drive (Б─·%sБ─°), or\n"
-"even on a floppy disk (Б─·%sБ─°);\n"
-"\n"
-" * Б─·%sБ─°: after a boot or a reboot of the computer, this is the delay given\n"
-"to the user at the console to select a boot entry other than the default.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Б─·%sБ─°: ACPI is a new standard (appeared during year 2002) for power\n"
-"management, notably for laptops. If you know your hardware supports it and\n"
-"you need it, check this box.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Б─·%sБ─°: If you noticed hardware problems on your machine (IRQ conflicts,\n"
-"instabilities, machine freeze, ...) you should try disabling APIC by\n"
-"checking this box.\n"
-"\n"
-"!! Beware that if you choose not to install a bootloader (by selecting\n"
-"Б─·%sБ─°), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrake Linux\n"
-"system! Be sure you know what you are doing before changing any of the\n"
-"options. !!\n"
-"\n"
-"Clicking the Б─·%sБ─° button in this dialog will offer advanced options which\n"
-"are normally reserved for the expert user."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
 "Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
 "covers the entire Mandrake Linux distribution. If you do agree with all the\n"
 "terms in it, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\" button\n"
@@ -1346,17 +99,6 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
-"Mandrake Linux partition. Be careful, all data present on this partition\n"
-"will be lost and will not be recoverable!"
-msgstr ""
-"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
-"Mandrake Linux partition. Be careful, all data present on this partition\n"
-"will be lost and will not be recoverable!"
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
 "Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
 "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
 "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
@@ -1418,620 +160,3 @@ msgstr ""
 "Bei SCSI-Platten steht Б─·aБ─° fц╪r Б─·niedrigste SCSI-IDБ─°, Б─·bБ─° fц╪r\n"
 "Б─·zweitniedrigste SCSI-IDБ─°, etc."
 
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n"
-"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another one. If your country\n"
-"is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
-"country list."
-msgstr ""
-"Б─·%sБ─°: check the current country selection. If you are not in this country,\n"
-"click on the Б─·%sБ─° button and choose another one. If your country is not in\n"
-"the first list shown, click the Б─·%sБ─° button to get the complete country\n"
-"list."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
-"ready to use. Just click \"%s\" to reboot the system. Don't forget to\n"
-"remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
-"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
-"bootloader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
-"\n"
-"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": to create an installation floppy disk that will automatically\n"
-"perform a whole installation without the help of an operator, similar to\n"
-"the installation you just configured.\n"
-"\n"
-"   Note that two different options are available after clicking the button:\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
-"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
-"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
-"\n"
-"   This feature is very handy when installing a number of similar machines.\n"
-"See the Auto install section on our web site for more information.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
-"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
-"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key and type >>linux\n"
-"defcfg=\"floppy\" <<.\n"
-"\n"
-"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy (to create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
-"\"mformat a:\")"
-msgstr ""
-"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
-"ready to use. Just click Б─·%sБ─° to reboot the system. Don't forget to remove\n"
-"the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you should see\n"
-"after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the bootloader\n"
-"menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
-"\n"
-"The Б─·%sБ─° button shows two more buttons to:\n"
-"\n"
-" * Б─·%sБ─°: to create an installation floppy disk that will automatically\n"
-"perform a whole installation without the help of an operator, similar to\n"
-"the installation you just configured.\n"
-"\n"
-"   Note that two different options are available after clicking the button:\n"
-"\n"
-"    * Б─·%sБ─°. This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
-"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
-"\n"
-"    * Б─·%sБ─°. Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
-"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
-"\n"
-"   This feature is very handy when installing a number of similar machines.\n"
-"See the Auto install section on our web site for more information.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Б─·%sБ─°(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation. To\n"
-"use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and start\n"
-"the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key and type б╩linux\n"
-"defcfg=\"floppy\" б╚.\n"
-"\n"
-"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy (to create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
-"Б─·mformat a:Б─°)"
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level desired\n"
-"for the machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
-"higher if the machine will contain crucial data, or if it will be a machine\n"
-"directly exposed to the Internet. The trade-off of a higher security level\n"
-"is generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you do not know what to choose, stay with the default option. You will\n"
-"be able to change that security level later with tool draksec from the\n"
-"Mandrake Control Center.\n"
-"\n"
-"The \"%s\" field can inform the system of the user on this computer that\n"
-"will be responsible for security. Security messages will be sent to that\n"
-"address."
-msgstr ""
-"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level desired\n"
-"for the machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
-"higher if the machine will contain crucial data, or if it will be a machine\n"
-"directly exposed to the Internet. The trade-off of a higher security level\n"
-"is generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you do not know what to choose, stay with the default option. You will\n"
-"be able to change that security level later with tool draksec from the\n"
-"Mandrake Control Center.\n"
-"\n"
-"The Б─·%sБ─° field can inform the system of the user on this computer that will\n"
-"be responsible for security. Security messages will be sent to that\n"
-"address."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"This dialog is used to choose which services you wish to start at boot\n"
-"time.\n"
-"\n"
-"DrakX will list all the services available on the current installation.\n"
-"Review each one carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
-"time.\n"
-"\n"
-"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
-"selected. However, if you are not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
-"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
-"\n"
-"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
-"server: you will probably not want to start any services that you do not\n"
-"need. Please remember that several services can be dangerous if they are\n"
-"enabled on a server. In general, select only the services you really need.\n"
-"!!"
-msgstr ""
-"This dialog is used to choose which services you wish to start at boot\n"
-"time.\n"
-"\n"
-"DrakX will list all the services available on the current installation.\n"
-"Review each one carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
-"time.\n"
-"\n"
-"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
-"selected. However, if you are not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
-"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
-"\n"
-"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
-"server: you will probably not want to start any services that you do not\n"
-"need. Please remember that several services can be dangerous if they are\n"
-"enabled on a server. In general, select only the services you really need.\n"
-"!!"
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Your choice of preferred language will affect the language of the\n"
-"documentation, the installer and the system in general. Select first the\n"
-"region you are located in, and then the language you speak.\n"
-"\n"
-"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
-"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
-"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if you will\n"
-"host users from Spain on your machine, select English as the default\n"
-"language in the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
-"\n"
-"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
-"cover all existing languages. Though full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
-"still under development. For that reason, Mandrake Linux will be using it\n"
-"or not depending on the user choices:\n"
-"\n"
-" * If you choose a languages with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
-"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
-"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
-"\n"
-" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
-"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for the system at user request by\n"
-"selecting option \"%s\" independently of which language(s) have been\n"
-"chosen.\n"
-"\n"
-"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
-"may choose several ones, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\"\n"
-"box. Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell\n"
-"checkers, etc. for that language will be installed.\n"
-"\n"
-"To switch between the various languages installed on the system, you can\n"
-"launch the \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the\n"
-"language used by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user\n"
-"will only change the language settings for that particular user."
-msgstr ""
-"Your choice of preferred language will affect the language of the\n"
-"documentation, the installer and the system in general. Select first the\n"
-"region you are located in, and then the language you speak.\n"
-"\n"
-"Clicking on the Б─·%sБ─° button will allow you to select other languages to be\n"
-"installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
-"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if you will\n"
-"host users from Spain on your machine, select English as the default\n"
-"language in the tree view and Б─·%sБ─° in the Advanced section.\n"
-"\n"
-"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
-"cover all existing languages. Though full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
-"still under development. For that reason, Mandrake Linux will be using it\n"
-"or not depending on the user choices:\n"
-"\n"
-" * If you choose a languages with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
-"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thaц╞, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
-"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
-"\n"
-" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
-"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for the system at user request by\n"
-"selecting option Б─·%sБ─° independently of which language(s) have been chosen.\n"
-"\n"
-"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
-"may choose several ones, or even install them all by selecting the Б─·%sБ─°\n"
-"box. Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell\n"
-"checkers, etc. for that language will be installed.\n"
-"\n"
-"To switch between the various languages installed on the system, you can\n"
-"launch the Б─·/usr/sbin/localedrakeБ─° command as Б─·rootБ─° to change the language\n"
-"used by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user will only\n"
-"change the language settings for that particular user."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n"
-"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n"
-"suits your needs."
-msgstr ""
-"In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n"
-"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n"
-"suits your needs."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Yaboot is a bootloader for NewWorld Macintosh hardware and can be used to\n"
-"boot GNU/Linux, MacOS or MacOSX. Normally, MacOS and MacOSX are correctly\n"
-"detected and installed in the bootloader menu. If this is not the case, you\n"
-"can add an entry by hand in this screen. Be careful to choose the correct\n"
-"parameters.\n"
-"\n"
-"Yaboot's main options are:\n"
-"\n"
-" * Init Message: a simple text message displayed before the boot prompt.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Boot Device: indicates where you want to place the information required\n"
-"to boot to GNU/Linux. Generally, you set up a bootstrap partition earlier\n"
-"to hold this information.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Open Firmware Delay: unlike LILO, there are two delays available with\n"
-"yaboot. The first delay is measured in seconds and at this point, you can\n"
-"choose between CD, OF boot, MacOS or Linux;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Kernel Boot Timeout: this timeout is similar to the LILO boot delay.\n"
-"After selecting Linux, you will have this delay in 0.1 second increments\n"
-"before your default kernel description is selected;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Enable CD Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``C'' for CD\n"
-"at the first boot prompt.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Enable OF Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``N'' for\n"
-"Open Firmware at the first boot prompt.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Default OS: you can select which OS will boot by default when the Open\n"
-"Firmware Delay expires."
-msgstr ""
-"Yaboot is a bootloader for NewWorld Macintosh hardware and can be used to\n"
-"boot GNU/Linux, MacOS or MacOSX. Normally, MacOS and MacOSX are correctly\n"
-"detected and installed in the bootloader menu. If this is not the case, you\n"
-"can add an entry by hand in this screen. Be careful to choose the correct\n"
-"parameters.\n"
-"\n"
-"Yaboot's main options are:\n"
-"\n"
-" * Init Message: a simple text message displayed before the boot prompt.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Boot Device: indicates where you want to place the information required\n"
-"to boot to GNU/Linux. Generally, you set up a bootstrap partition earlier\n"
-"to hold this information.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Open Firmware Delay: unlike LILO, there are two delays available with\n"
-"yaboot. The first delay is measured in seconds and at this point, you can\n"
-"choose between CD, OF boot, MacOS or Linux;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Kernel Boot Timeout: this timeout is similar to the LILO boot delay.\n"
-"After selecting Linux, you will have this delay in 0.1 second increments\n"
-"before your default kernel description is selected;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Enable CD Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose Б─·CБ─° for CD at\n"
-"the first boot prompt.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Enable OF Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose Б─·NБ─° for Open\n"
-"Firmware at the first boot prompt.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Default OS: you can select which OS will boot by default when the Open\n"
-"Firmware Delay expires."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"LILO and grub are GNU/Linux bootloaders. Normally, this stage is totally\n"
-"automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot sector and act according to\n"
-"what it finds there:\n"
-"\n"
-" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a grub/LILO\n"
-"boot sector. This way you will be able to load either GNU/Linux or any\n"
-"other OS installed on your machine.\n"
-"\n"
-" * if a grub or LILO boot sector is found, it will replace it with a new\n"
-"one.\n"
-"\n"
-"If it cannot make a determination, DrakX will ask you where to place the\n"
-"bootloader. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place. Choosing \"%s\"\n"
-"won't install any bootloader. Use it only if you know what you are doing."
-msgstr ""
-"LILO and grub are GNU/Linux bootloaders. Normally, this stage is totally\n"
-"automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot sector and act according to\n"
-"what it finds there:\n"
-"\n"
-" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a grub/LILO\n"
-"boot sector. This way you will be able to load either GNU/Linux or any\n"
-"other OS installed on your machine.\n"
-"\n"
-" * if a grub or LILO boot sector is found, it will replace it with a new\n"
-"one.\n"
-"\n"
-"If it cannot make a determination, DrakX will ask you where to place the\n"
-"bootloader. Generally, the Б─·%sБ─° is the safest place. Choosing Б─·%sБ─° won't\n"
-"install any bootloader. Use it only if you know what you are doing."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Monitor\n"
-"\n"
-"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
-"monitor connected to your machine. If it is incorrect, you can choose from\n"
-"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer."
-msgstr ""
-"Monitor\n"
-"\n"
-"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
-"monitor connected to your machine. If it is incorrect, you can choose from\n"
-"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
-"installation of your Mandrake Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
-"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
-"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
-"partitions must be defined.\n"
-"\n"
-"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
-"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
-"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
-"\n"
-"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
-"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
-"\n"
-"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
-"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
-"perform this step.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
-"floppy disk.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
-"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it doesn't always\n"
-"work.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
-"originally on the hard drive.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
-"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
-"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
-"partitioning.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
-"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
-"save your changes back to disk.\n"
-"\n"
-"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
-"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
-"\n"
-"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
-"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
-"\n"
-"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
-"\n"
-" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
-"\n"
-" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
-"\n"
-" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
-"\n"
-"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
-"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
-msgstr ""
-"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
-"installation of your Mandrake Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
-"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
-"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
-"partitions must be defined.\n"
-"\n"
-"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
-"the disk for partitioning by clicking on Б─·hdaБ─° for the first IDE drive,\n"
-"Б─·hdbБ─° for the second, Б─·sdaБ─° for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
-"\n"
-"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
-"\n"
-" * Б─·%sБ─°: this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
-"\n"
-" * Б─·%sБ─°: this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
-"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
-"\n"
-"Б─·%sБ─°: gives access to additional features:\n"
-"\n"
-" * Б─·%sБ─°: saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
-"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
-"perform this step.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Б─·%sБ─°: allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
-"floppy disk.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Б─·%sБ─°: if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
-"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it doesn't always\n"
-"work.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Б─·%sБ─°: discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
-"originally on the hard drive.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Б─·%sБ─°: unchecking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
-"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Б─·%sБ─°: use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your hard\n"
-"drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
-"partitioning.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Б─·%sБ─°: use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Б─·%sБ─°: allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
-"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Б─·%sБ─°: when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will save\n"
-"your changes back to disk.\n"
-"\n"
-"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
-"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
-"\n"
-"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
-"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
-"\n"
-"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
-"\n"
-" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
-"\n"
-" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
-"\n"
-" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
-"\n"
-"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
-"read the ext2FS chapter from the Б─·ReferenzБ─°.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"Б─·bootstrapБ─° partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/de/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has about your\n"
-"system. Depending on your installed hardware, you may have some or all of\n"
-"the following entries. Each entry is made up of the configuration item to\n"
-"be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current configuration.\n"
-"Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to change that.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change that if\n"
-"necessary.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n"
-"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another one. If your country\n"
-"is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
-"country list.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": By default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
-"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
-"correct.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": check the current mouse configuration and click on the button to\n"
-"change it if necessary.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
-"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
-"Guide'' for more information on how to setup a new printer. The interface\n"
-"presented there is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed\n"
-"here. If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is\n"
-"actually present on your system, you can click on the button and choose\n"
-"another driver.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
-"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
-"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": if a TV card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n"
-"If you have a TV card and it is not detected, click on \"%s\" to try to\n"
-"configure it manually.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": if an ISDN card is detected on your system, it will be displayed\n"
-"here. You can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with the\n"
-"card.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": If you wish to configure your Internet or local network access\n"
-"now.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
-"previous step ().\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
-"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
-"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
-"firewall settings.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click that\n"
-"button. This should be reserved to advanced users.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": here you'll be able to fine control which services will be run\n"
-"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
-"idea to review this setup."
-msgstr ""
-"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has about your\n"
-"system. Depending on your installed hardware, you may have some or all of\n"
-"the following entries. Each entry is made up of the configuration item to\n"
-"be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current configuration.\n"
-"Click on the corresponding Б─·%sБ─° button to change that.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Б─·%sБ─°: check the current keyboard map configuration and change that if\n"
-"necessary.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Б─·%sБ─°: check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n"
-"country, click on the Б─·%sБ─° button and choose another one. If your country\n"
-"is not in the first list shown, click the Б─·%sБ─° button to get the complete\n"
-"country list.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Б─·%sБ─°: By default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country you\n"
-"have chosen. You can click on the Б─·%sБ─° button here if this is not correct.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Б─·%sБ─°: check the current mouse configuration and click on the button to\n"
-"change it if necessary.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Б─·%sБ─°: clicking on the Б─·%sБ─° button will open the printer configuration\n"
-"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the Б─·Starter HandbuchБ─° for\n"
-"more information on how to setup a new printer. The interface presented\n"
-"there is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Б─·%sБ─°: if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n"
-"If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is actually\n"
-"present on your system, you can click on the button and choose another\n"
-"driver.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Б─·%sБ─°: by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in Б─·800x600Б─°\n"
-"or Б─·1024x768Б─° resolution. If that does not suit you, click on Б─·%sБ─° to\n"
-"reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Б─·%sБ─°: if a TV card is detected on your system, it is displayed here. If\n"
-"you have a TV card and it is not detected, click on Б─·%sБ─° to try to\n"
-"configure it manually.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Б─·%sБ─°: if an ISDN card is detected on your system, it will be displayed\n"
-"here. You can click on Б─·%sБ─° to change the parameters associated with the\n"
-"card.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Б─·%sБ─°: If you wish to configure your Internet or local network access\n"
-"now.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Б─·%sБ─°: this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
-"previous step ().\n"
-"\n"
-" * Б─·%sБ─°: if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
-"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
-"the corresponding section of the Б─·Starter HandbuchБ─° for details about\n"
-"firewall settings.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Б─·%sБ─°: if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click that\n"
-"button. This should be reserved to advanced users.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Б─·%sБ─°: here you'll be able to fine control which services will be run on\n"
-"your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good idea\n"
-"to review this setup."
-
diff --git a/perl-install/share/po/help-es.pot b/perl-install/share/po/help-es.pot
index 08fe2c177..5bc8dadc7 100644
--- a/perl-install/share/po/help-es.pot
+++ b/perl-install/share/po/help-es.pot
@@ -486,25 +486,6 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
-"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
-"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
-"any Windows data.\n"
-"\n"
-"Click on \"%s\" to stop this operation without losing any data and\n"
-"partitions present on this hard drive."
-msgstr ""
-"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
-"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
-"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
-"any Windows data.\n"
-"\n"
-"Click on \"%s\" to stop this operation without losing any data and\n"
-"partitions present on this hard drive."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
 "At the time you are installing Mandrake Linux, it is likely that some\n"
 "packages have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been\n"
 "fixed, security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these\n"
@@ -1214,69 +1195,6 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
-"Please choose which one you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
-"Mandrake Linux operating system.\n"
-"\n"
-"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
-"\"Capacity\".\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
-"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
-"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
-"hard drives:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
-"\n"
-"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
-"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
-"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
-msgstr ""
-"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
-"Please choose which one you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
-"Mandrake Linux operating system.\n"
-"\n"
-"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
-"\"Capacity\".\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
-"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
-"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
-"hard drives:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
-"\n"
-"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
-"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
-"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
 "After you have configured the general bootloader parameters, the list of\n"
 "boot options that will be available at boot time will be displayed.\n"
 "\n"
@@ -1395,17 +1313,6 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
-"Mandrake Linux partition. Be careful, all data present on this partition\n"
-"will be lost and will not be recoverable!"
-msgstr ""
-"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
-"Mandrake Linux partition. Be careful, all data present on this partition\n"
-"will be lost and will not be recoverable!"
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/es/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
 "Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
 "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
 "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
diff --git a/perl-install/share/po/help-it.pot b/perl-install/share/po/help-it.pot
index 7ca13736a..443b32009 100644
--- a/perl-install/share/po/help-it.pot
+++ b/perl-install/share/po/help-it.pot
@@ -5,1093 +5,6 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n"
-"If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is actually\n"
-"present on your system, you can click on the button and choose another\n"
-"driver."
-msgstr ""
-"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n"
-"If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is actually\n"
-"present on your system, you can click on the button and choose another\n"
-"driver."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"If you told the installer that you wanted to individually select packages,\n"
-"it will present a tree containing all packages classified by groups and\n"
-"subgroups. While browsing the tree, you can select entire groups,\n"
-"subgroups, or individual packages.\n"
-"\n"
-"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description appears on the\n"
-"right to let you know the purpose of the package.\n"
-"\n"
-"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
-"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
-"you will be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
-"installed. By default Mandrake Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
-"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
-"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that that\n"
-"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandrake Linux was\n"
-"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do\n"
-"or why it is being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will\n"
-"install the listed services and they will be started automatically by\n"
-"default during boot. !!\n"
-"\n"
-"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
-"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
-"dependency issue. Some packages have relationships between each other such\n"
-"that installation of a package requires that some other program is also\n"
-"required to be installed. The installer can determine which packages are\n"
-"required to satisfy a dependency to successfully complete the installation.\n"
-"\n"
-"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
-"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
-"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
-"on this icon will ask you to insert a floppy disk previously created at the\n"
-"end of another installation. See the second tip of last step on how to\n"
-"create such a floppy."
-msgstr ""
-"If you told the installer that you wanted to individually select packages,\n"
-"it will present a tree containing all packages classified by groups and\n"
-"subgroups. While browsing the tree, you can select entire groups,\n"
-"subgroups, or individual packages.\n"
-"\n"
-"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description appears on the\n"
-"right to let you know the purpose of the package.\n"
-"\n"
-"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
-"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
-"you will be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
-"installed. By default Mandrake Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
-"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
-"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that that\n"
-"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandrake Linux was\n"
-"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do\n"
-"or why it is being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will\n"
-"install the listed services and they will be started automatically by\n"
-"default during boot. !!\n"
-"\n"
-"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
-"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
-"dependency issue. Some packages have relationships between each other such\n"
-"that installation of a package requires that some other program is also\n"
-"rerquired to be installed. The installer can determine which packages are\n"
-"required to satisfy a dependency to successfully complete the installation.\n"
-"\n"
-"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
-"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
-"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
-"on this icon will ask you to insert a floppy disk previously created at the\n"
-"end of another installation. See the second tip of last step on how to\n"
-"create such a floppy."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"At this point, you need to decide where you want to install the Mandrake\n"
-"Linux operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or\n"
-"if an existing operating system is using all the available space you will\n"
-"have to partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive consists\n"
-"of logically dividing it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
-"Mandrake Linux system.\n"
-"\n"
-"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
-"and can lead to lost data if there is an existing operating system already\n"
-"installed on the drive, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful if\n"
-"you are an inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
-"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
-"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
-"\n"
-"Depending on your hard drive configuration, several options are available:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": this option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
-"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": the wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
-"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
-"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
-"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
-"a good idea to keep them.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": if Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
-"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
-"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
-"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
-"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
-"data, provided you have previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
-"Backing up your data is strongly recommended.. Using this option is\n"
-"recommended if you want to use both Mandrake Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
-"the same computer.\n"
-"\n"
-"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
-"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
-"then when you started. You will have less free space under Microsoft\n"
-"Windows to store your data or to install new software.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": if you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
-"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandrake Linux system,\n"
-"choose this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo your\n"
-"choice after you confirm.\n"
-"\n"
-"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": this will simply erase everything on the drive and begin fresh,\n"
-"partitioning everything from scratch. All data on your disk will be lost.\n"
-"\n"
-"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
-"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
-"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
-"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
-"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
-"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
-msgstr ""
-"At this point, you need to decide where you want to install the Mandrake\n"
-"Linux operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or\n"
-"if an existing operating system is using all the available space you will\n"
-"have to partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive consists\n"
-"of logically dividing it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
-"Mandrake Linux system.\n"
-"\n"
-"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
-"and can lead to lost data if there is an existing operating system already\n"
-"installed on the drive, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful if\n"
-"you are an inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
-"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
-"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
-"\n"
-"Depending on your hard drive configuration, several options are available:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": this option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
-"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": the wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
-"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
-"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
-"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
-"a good idea to keep them.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": if Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
-"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
-"Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and data\n"
-"(see ''Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows FAT\n"
-"or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any data,\n"
-"provided you have previously defragmented the Windows partition. Backing up\n"
-"your data is strongly recommended.. Using this option is recommended if you\n"
-"want to use both Mandrake Linux and Microsoft Windows on the same computer.\n"
-"\n"
-"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
-"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
-"then when you started. You will have less free space under Microsoft\n"
-"Windows to store your data or to install new software.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": if you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
-"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandrake Linux system,\n"
-"choose this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo your\n"
-"choice after you confirm.\n"
-"\n"
-"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": this will simply erase everything on the drive and begin fresh,\n"
-"partitioning everything from scratch. All data on your disk will be lost.\n"
-"\n"
-"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
-"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
-"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
-"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
-"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
-"refer to the ''Gestione delle partizioni'' section in the ''Guida\n"
-"introduttiva''."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
-"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
-"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
-"\n"
-"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
-"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
-"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
-"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
-"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
-"issues.\n"
-"\n"
-"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
-"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
-"configure the driver."
-msgstr ""
-"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
-"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
-"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
-"\n"
-"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
-"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
-"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
-"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
-"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
-"issues.\n"
-"\n"
-"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
-"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
-"configure the driver."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"The Mandrake Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
-"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
-"CD and ask you to insert the correct CD as required."
-msgstr ""
-"The Mandrake Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
-"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
-"CD and ask you to insert the correct CD as required."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"It is now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your\n"
-"system. There are thousands of packages available for Mandrake Linux, and\n"
-"to make it simpler to manage the packages have been placed into groups of\n"
-"similar applications.\n"
-"\n"
-"Packages are sorted into groups corresponding to a particular use of your\n"
-"machine. Mandrake Linux sorts packages groups in four categories. You can\n"
-"mix and match applications from the various categories, so a\n"
-"``Workstation'' installation can still have applications from the\n"
-"``Development'' category installed.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
-"more of the groups that are in the workstation category.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": if plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
-"appropriate groups from that category.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
-"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
-"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
-"interface available.\n"
-"\n"
-"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
-"text about that group. If you unselect all groups when performing a regular\n"
-"installation (as opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up proposing\n"
-"different options for a minimal installation:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
-"working graphical desktop.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
-"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
-"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
-"command line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
-"megabytes.\n"
-"\n"
-"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you are familiar with the\n"
-"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
-"be installed.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you started the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can unselect all groups\n"
-"to avoid installing any new package. This is useful for repairing or\n"
-"updating an existing system."
-msgstr ""
-"It is now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your\n"
-"system. There are thousands of packages available for Mandrake Linux, and\n"
-"to make it simpler to manage the packages have been placed into groups of\n"
-"similar applications.\n"
-"\n"
-"Packages are sorted into groups corresponding to a particular use of your\n"
-"machine. Mandrake Linux sorts packages groups in four categories. You can\n"
-"mix and match applications from the various categories, so a\n"
-"''Workstation'' installation can still have applications from the\n"
-"''Development'' category installed.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
-"more of the groups that are in the workstation category.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": if plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
-"appropriate groups from that category.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
-"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
-"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
-"interface available.\n"
-"\n"
-"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
-"text about that group. If you unselect all groups when performing a regular\n"
-"installation (as opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up proposing\n"
-"different options for a minimal installation:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
-"working graphical desktop.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
-"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
-"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
-"command line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
-"megabytes.\n"
-"\n"
-"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you are familiar with the\n"
-"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
-"be installed.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you started the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can unselect all groups\n"
-"to avoid installing any new package. This is useful for repairing or\n"
-"updating an existing system."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"This step is activated only if an old GNU/Linux partition has been found on\n"
-"your machine.\n"
-"\n"
-"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new install or an upgrade\n"
-"of an existing Mandrake Linux system:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system. If\n"
-"you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or change the file\n"
-"system, you should use this option. However, depending on your partitioning\n"
-"scheme, you can prevent some of your existing data from being over-written.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": this installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
-"currently installed on your Mandrake Linux system. Your current\n"
-"partitioning scheme and user data is not altered. Most of other\n"
-"configuration steps remain available, similar to a standard installation.\n"
-"\n"
-"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandrake Linux systems\n"
-"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an Upgrade on versions prior\n"
-"to Mandrake Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
-msgstr ""
-"This step is activated only if an old GNU/Linux partition has been found on\n"
-"your machine.\n"
-"\n"
-"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new install or an upgrade\n"
-"of an existing Mandrake Linux system:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system. If\n"
-"you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or change the file\n"
-"system, you should use this option. However, depending on your partitioning\n"
-"scheme, you can prevent some of your existing data from being over-written.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": this installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
-"currently installed on your Mandrake Linux system. Your current\n"
-"partitioning scheme and user data is not altered. Most of other\n"
-"configuration steps remain available, similar to a standard installation.\n"
-"\n"
-"Using the ''Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandrake Linux systems\n"
-"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an Upgrade on versions prior\n"
-"to Mandrake Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Any partitions that have been newly defined must be formatted for use\n"
-"(formatting means creating a file system).\n"
-"\n"
-"At this time, you may wish to reformat some already existing partitions to\n"
-"erase any data they contain. If you wish to do that, please select those\n"
-"partitions as well.\n"
-"\n"
-"Please note that it is not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
-"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
-"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to\n"
-"reformat partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically\n"
-"\"/home\").\n"
-"\n"
-"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After formatting, all data on\n"
-"the selected partitions will be deleted and you will not be able to recover\n"
-"it.\n"
-"\n"
-"Click on \"%s\" when you are ready to format partitions.\n"
-"\n"
-"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
-"Mandrake Linux operating system installation.\n"
-"\n"
-"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions that will be checked for\n"
-"bad blocks on the disk."
-msgstr ""
-"Any partitions that have been newly defined must be formatted for use\n"
-"(formatting means creating a file system).\n"
-"\n"
-"At this time, you may wish to reformat some already existing partitions to\n"
-"erase any data they contain. If you wish to do that, please select those\n"
-"partitions as well.\n"
-"\n"
-"Please note that it is not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
-"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
-"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to\n"
-"reformat partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically\n"
-"\"/home\").\n"
-"\n"
-"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After formatting, all data on\n"
-"the selected partitions will be deleted and you will not be able to recover\n"
-"it.\n"
-"\n"
-"Click on \"%s\" when you are ready to format partitions.\n"
-"\n"
-"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
-"Mandrake Linux operating system installation.\n"
-"\n"
-"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions that will be checked for\n"
-"bad blocks on the disk."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Options\n"
-"\n"
-"   Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n"
-"switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check\n"
-"\"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n"
-"in getting the display configured."
-msgstr ""
-"Options\n"
-"\n"
-"   Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n"
-"switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check\n"
-"\"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n"
-"in getting the display configured."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
-"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
-"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
-"any Windows data.\n"
-"\n"
-"Click on \"%s\" to stop this operation without losing any data and\n"
-"partitions present on this hard drive."
-msgstr ""
-"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
-"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
-"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
-"any Windows data.\n"
-"\n"
-"Click on \"%s\" to stop this operation without losing any data and\n"
-"partitions present on this hard drive."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"At the time you are installing Mandrake Linux, it is likely that some\n"
-"packages have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been\n"
-"fixed, security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these\n"
-"updates, you are now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\"\n"
-"if you have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to\n"
-"install updated packages later.\n"
-"\n"
-"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of places from which updates can be\n"
-"retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree will\n"
-"appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install the\n"
-"selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
-msgstr ""
-"At the time you are installing Mandrake Linux, it is likely that some\n"
-"packages have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been\n"
-"fixed, security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these\n"
-"updates, you are now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\"\n"
-"if you have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to\n"
-"install updated packages later.\n"
-"\n"
-"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of places from which updates can be\n"
-"retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree will\n"
-"appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install the\n"
-"selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Depending on the language you chose in section , DrakX will automatically\n"
-"select a particular type of keyboard configuration. Check the selection\n"
-"suits you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
-"\n"
-"Also, you may not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your\n"
-"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
-"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
-"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
-"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
-"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
-"\n"
-"Click on the \"%s\" button to be presented with the complete list of\n"
-"supported keyboards.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
-"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding that will switch the\n"
-"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
-msgstr ""
-"Depending on the language you chose in section , DrakX will automatically\n"
-"select a particular type of keyboard configuration. Check the selection\n"
-"suits you or chose another keyboard layout.\n"
-"\n"
-"Also, you may not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your\n"
-"language: for example, if you are an English speaking Swiss person, you may\n"
-"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English but are located in Quц╘bec,\n"
-"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
-"keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step will allow\n"
-"you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
-"\n"
-"Click on the \"%s\" button to be presented with the complete list of\n"
-"supported keyboards.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
-"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding that will switch the\n"
-"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"You will now set up your Internet/network connection. If you wish to\n"
-"connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click \"%s\".\n"
-"Mandrake Linux will attempt to auto-detect network devices and modems. If\n"
-"this detection fails, uncheck the \"%s\" box. You may also choose not to\n"
-"configure the network, or to do it later, in which case clicking the \"%s\"\n"
-"button will take you to the next step.\n"
-"\n"
-"When configuring your network, the available connections options are:\n"
-"Normal modem connection, Winmodem connection, ISDN modem, ADSL connection,\n"
-"cable modem, and finally a simple LAN connection (Ethernet).\n"
-"\n"
-"We will not detail each configuration option - just make sure that you have\n"
-"all the parameters, such as IP address, default gateway, DNS servers, etc.\n"
-"from your Internet Service Provider or system administrator.\n"
-"\n"
-"Winmodems are special integrated low-end modems that require an additional\n"
-"software to work compared to Normal modems. Some of those modems actually\n"
-"work under Mandrake Linux, some others not. You can consult the list of\n"
-"supported modems at LinModems.\n"
-"\n"
-"You can consult the ``Starter Guide'' chapter about Internet connections\n"
-"for details about the configuration, or simply wait until your system is\n"
-"installed and use the program described there to configure your connection."
-msgstr ""
-"You will now set up your Internet/network connection. If you wish to\n"
-"connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click \"%s\".\n"
-"Mandrake Linux will attempt to autodetect network devices and modems. If\n"
-"this detection fails, uncheck the \"%s\" box. You may also choose not to\n"
-"configure the network, or to do it later, in which case clicking the \"%s\"\n"
-"button will take you to the next step.\n"
-"\n"
-"When configuring your network, the available connections options are:\n"
-"Normal modem connection, Winmodem connection, ISDN modem, ADSL connection,\n"
-"cable modem, and finally a simple LAN connection (Ethernet).\n"
-"\n"
-"We will not detail each configuration option - just make sure that you have\n"
-"all the parameters, such as IP address, default gateway, DNS servers, etc.\n"
-"from your Internet Service Provider or system administrator.\n"
-"\n"
-"Winmodems are special integrated low-end modems that require an additional\n"
-"software to work compared to Normal modems. Some of those modems actually\n"
-"work under Mandrake Linux, some others not. You can consult the the list of\n"
-"supported modems at LinModems.\n"
-"\n"
-"You can consult the ''Guida introduttiva'' chapter about Internet\n"
-"connections for details about the configuration, or simply wait until your\n"
-"system is installed and use the program described there to configure your\n"
-"connection."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
-"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
-"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandrake Linux rely upon.\n"
-"\n"
-"You will be presented with a list of different parameters to change to get\n"
-"an optimal graphical display: Graphic Card\n"
-"\n"
-"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
-"graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n"
-"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
-"\n"
-"   In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n"
-"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n"
-"suits your needs.\n"
-"\n"
-"\n"
-"\n"
-"Monitor\n"
-"\n"
-"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
-"monitor connected to your machine. If it is incorrect, you can choose from\n"
-"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer.\n"
-"\n"
-"\n"
-"\n"
-"Resolution\n"
-"\n"
-"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
-"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n"
-"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n"
-"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
-"\n"
-"\n"
-"\n"
-"Test\n"
-"\n"
-"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
-"\n"
-"   the system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
-"resolution. If you can see the message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
-"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you cannot see the message, it\n"
-"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
-"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds, bringing you back to the\n"
-"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
-"\n"
-"\n"
-"\n"
-"Options\n"
-"\n"
-"   Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n"
-"switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check\n"
-"\"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n"
-"in getting the display configured."
-msgstr ""
-"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
-"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
-"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandrake Linux rely upon.\n"
-"\n"
-"You will be presented with a list of different parameters to change to get\n"
-"an optimal graphical display: Graphic Card\n"
-"\n"
-"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
-"graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n"
-"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
-"\n"
-"   In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n"
-"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n"
-"suits your needs.\n"
-"\n"
-"\n"
-"\n"
-"Monitor\n"
-"\n"
-"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
-"monitor connected to your machine. If it is incorrect, you can choose from\n"
-"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer.\n"
-"\n"
-"\n"
-"\n"
-"Resolution\n"
-"\n"
-"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
-"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n"
-"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n"
-"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
-"\n"
-"\n"
-"\n"
-"Test\n"
-"\n"
-"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
-"\n"
-"   the system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
-"resolution. If you can see the message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
-"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you cannot see the message, it\n"
-"means that some part of the autodetected configuration was incorrect and\n"
-"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds, bringing you back to the\n"
-"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
-"\n"
-"\n"
-"\n"
-"Options\n"
-"\n"
-"   Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n"
-"switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check\n"
-"\"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n"
-"in getting the display configured."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Resolution\n"
-"\n"
-"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
-"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n"
-"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n"
-"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
-msgstr ""
-"Resolution\n"
-"\n"
-"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
-"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n"
-"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n"
-"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
-"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
-"information on how to setup a new printer. The interface presented there is\n"
-"similar to the one used during installation."
-msgstr ""
-"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
-"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ''Guida introduttiva'' for\n"
-"more information on how to setup a new printer. The interface presented\n"
-"there is similar to the one used during installation."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other OSs may\n"
-"offer you one, but Mandrake Linux offers two. Each of the printing system\n"
-"is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, don't queue'', is the choice\n"
-"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
-"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
-"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
-"with networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your first\n"
-"experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\" - `` Common Unix Printing System'', is an excellent choice for\n"
-"printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the planet. It is\n"
-"simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for the ancient\n"
-"\"lpd \" printing system, so it compatible with older operating systems\n"
-"which may still need print services. While quite powerful, the basic setup\n"
-"is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to emulate a \"lpd\" server, make\n"
-"sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd \" daemon. \"%s\" includes graphical\n"
-"front-ends for printing or choosing printer options and for managing the\n"
-"printer.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you make a choice now, and later find that you don't like your printing\n"
-"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandrake Control\n"
-"Center and clicking the expert button."
-msgstr ""
-"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other OSs may\n"
-"offer you one, but Mandrake Linux offers two. Each of the printing system\n"
-"is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ''print, don't queue'', is the choice\n"
-"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
-"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
-"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
-"with networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your first\n"
-"experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\" - '' Common Unix Printing System'', is an excellent choice for\n"
-"printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the planet. It is\n"
-"simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for the ancient\n"
-"\"lpd \" printing system, so it compatible with older operating systems\n"
-"which may still need print services. While quite powerful, the basic setup\n"
-"is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to emulate a \"lpd\" server, make\n"
-"sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd \" daemon. \"%s\" includes graphical\n"
-"front-ends for printing or choosing printer options and for managing the\n"
-"printer.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you make a choice now, and later find that you don't like your printing\n"
-"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandrake Control\n"
-"Center and clicking the expert button."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
-"system: you have to enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
-"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
-"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
-"do everything! That is why you must choose a password that is difficult to\n"
-"guess - DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too easy. As you\n"
-"can see, you are not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise you\n"
-"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
-"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
-"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
-"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
-"\"root\".\n"
-"\n"
-"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
-"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
-"too easy to compromise a system.\n"
-"\n"
-"One caveat -- do not make the password too long or complicated because you\n"
-"must be able to remember it!\n"
-"\n"
-"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it in. To reduce\n"
-"the chance of a blind typing error you will need to enter the password\n"
-"twice. If you do happen to make the same typing error twice, this\n"
-"``incorrect'' password will be the one you will have use the first time you\n"
-"connect.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you wish access to this computer to be controlled by an authentication\n"
-"server, click the \"%s\" button.\n"
-"\n"
-"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
-"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
-"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, if your computer\n"
-"will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust everybody\n"
-"who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
-msgstr ""
-"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
-"system: you have to enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
-"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
-"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
-"do everything! That is why you must choose a password that is difficult to\n"
-"guess - DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too easy. As you\n"
-"can see, you are not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise you\n"
-"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
-"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
-"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
-"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
-"\"root\".\n"
-"\n"
-"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
-"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
-"too easy to compromise a system.\n"
-"\n"
-"One caveat -- do not make the password too long or complicated because you\n"
-"must be able to remember it!\n"
-"\n"
-"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it in. To reduce\n"
-"the chance of a blind typing error you will need to enter the password\n"
-"twice. If you do happen to make the same typing error twice, this\n"
-"''incorrect'' password will be the one you will have use the first time you\n"
-"connect.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you wish access to this computer to be controlled by an authentication\n"
-"server, click the \"%s\" button.\n"
-"\n"
-"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
-"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
-"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, if your computer\n"
-"will never be connected to the internet and you absolutely trust everybody\n"
-"who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Graphic Card\n"
-"\n"
-"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
-"graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n"
-"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
-"\n"
-"   In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n"
-"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n"
-"suits your needs."
-msgstr ""
-"Graphic Card\n"
-"\n"
-"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
-"graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n"
-"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
-"\n"
-"   In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n"
-"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n"
-"suits your needs."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"You can add additional entries in yaboot for other operating systems,\n"
-"alternate kernels, or for an emergency boot image.\n"
-"\n"
-"For other OSs, the entry consists only of a label and the \"root\"\n"
-"partition.\n"
-"\n"
-"For Linux, there are a few possible options:\n"
-"\n"
-" * Label: this is the name you will have to type at the yaboot prompt to\n"
-"select this boot option.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Image: this is the name of the kernel to boot. Typically, vmlinux or a\n"
-"variation of vmlinux with an extension.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Root: the \"root\" device or ``/'' for your Linux installation.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Append: on Apple hardware, the kernel append option is often used to\n"
-"assist in initializing video hardware, or to enable keyboard mouse button\n"
-"emulation for the missing 2nd and 3rd mouse buttons on a stock Apple mouse.\n"
-"The following are some examples:\n"
-"\n"
-"   	      video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
-"hda=autotune\n"
-"\n"
-"   	      video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
-"\n"
-" * Initrd: this option can be used either to load initial modules before\n"
-"the boot device is available, or to load a ramdisk image for an emergency\n"
-"boot situation.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Initrd-size: the default ramdisk size is generally 4096 Kbytes. If you\n"
-"need to allocate a large ramdisk, this option can be used to specify a\n"
-"ramdisk larger than the default.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Read-write: normally the \"root\" partition is initially mounted as\n"
-"read-only, to allow a file system check before the system becomes ``live''.\n"
-"You can override the default with this option.\n"
-"\n"
-" * NoVideo: should the Apple video hardware prove to be exceptionally\n"
-"problematic, you can select this option to boot in ``novideo'' mode, with\n"
-"native frame buffer support.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Default: selects this entry as being the default Linux selection,\n"
-"selectable by pressing ENTER at the yaboot prompt. This entry will also be\n"
-"highlighted with a ``*'' if you press [Tab] to see the boot selections."
-msgstr ""
-"You can add additional entries in yaboot for other operating systems,\n"
-"alternate kernels, or for an emergency boot image.\n"
-"\n"
-"For other OSs, the entry consists only of a label and the \"root\"\n"
-"partition.\n"
-"\n"
-"For Linux, there are a few possible options:\n"
-"\n"
-" * Label: this is the name you will have to type at the yaboot prompt to\n"
-"select this boot option.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Image: this is the name of the kernel to boot. Typically, vmlinux or a\n"
-"variation of vmlinux with an extension.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Root: the \"root\" device or ''/'' for your Linux installation.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Append: on Apple hardware, the kernel append option is often used to\n"
-"assist in initializing video hardware, or to enable keyboard mouse button\n"
-"emulation for the missing 2nd and 3rd mouse buttons on a stock Apple mouse.\n"
-"The following are some examples:\n"
-"\n"
-"   	      video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
-"hda=autotune\n"
-"\n"
-"   	      video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
-"\n"
-" * Initrd: this option can be used either to load initial modules before\n"
-"the boot device is available, or to load a ramdisk image for an emergency\n"
-"boot situation.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Initrd-size: the default ramdisk size is generally 4096 Kbytes. If you\n"
-"need to allocate a large ramdisk, this option can be used to specify a\n"
-"ramdisk larger than the default.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Read-write: normally the \"root\" partition is initially mounted as\n"
-"read-only, to allow a file system check before the system becomes ''live''.\n"
-"You can override the default with this option.\n"
-"\n"
-" * NoVideo: should the Apple video hardware prove to be exceptionally\n"
-"problematic, you can select this option to boot in ''novideo'' mode, with\n"
-"native frame buffer support.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Default: selects this entry as being the default Linux selection,\n"
-"selectable by pressing ENTER at the yaboot prompt. This entry will also be\n"
-"highlighted with a ''*'' if you press [Tab] to see the boot selections."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
-"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
-"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
-"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
-"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
-"also hosts another operating system like Windows.\n"
-"\n"
-"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the clock by connecting to a\n"
-"remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to work, you must have\n"
-"a working Internet connection. It is best to choose a time server located\n"
-"near you. This option actually installs a time server that can be used by\n"
-"other machines on your local network as well."
-msgstr ""
-"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
-"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
-"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
-"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
-"hardware clock are in the same timezone. This is useful when the machine\n"
-"also hosts another operating system like Windows.\n"
-"\n"
-"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the clock by connecting to a\n"
-"remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to work, you must have\n"
-"a working Internet connection. It is best to choose a time server located\n"
-"near you. This option actually installs a time server that can be used by\n"
-"other machines on your local network as well."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
-"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
-"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
-"two-button mouse can be ``pressed'' by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
-"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
-"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
-"\n"
-"In case you have a 3 buttons mouse without wheel, you can choose the mouse\n"
-"that says \"%s\". DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can\n"
-"simulate the wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your\n"
-"mouse up and down.\n"
-"\n"
-"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
-"from the list provided.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you choose a mouse other than the default, a test screen will be\n"
-"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
-"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
-"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and to\n"
-"go back to the list of choices.\n"
-"\n"
-"Wheel mice are occasionally not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
-"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
-"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
-"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image is displayed on-screen. Scroll\n"
-"the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activated correctly. Once you see the\n"
-"on-screen scroll wheel moving as you scroll your mouse wheel, test the\n"
-"buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you move your\n"
-"mouse."
-msgstr ""
-"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
-"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
-"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
-"two-button mouse can be ''pressed'' by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
-"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
-"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
-"\n"
-"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
-"from the list provided.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you choose a mouse other than the default, a test screen will be\n"
-"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
-"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
-"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and to\n"
-"go back to the list of choices.\n"
-"\n"
-"Wheel mice are occasionally not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
-"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
-"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
-"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image is displayed on-screen. Scroll\n"
-"the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activated correctly. Once you see the\n"
-"on-screen scroll wheel moving as you scroll your mouse wheel, test the\n"
-"buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you move your\n"
-"mouse."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
-"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
-msgstr ""
-"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
-"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
 "GNU/Linux is a multi-user system, meaning each user may have their own\n"
 "preferences, their own files and so on. You can read the ``Starter Guide''\n"
 "to learn more about multi-user systems. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
@@ -1170,173 +83,6 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
-"Please choose which one you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
-"Mandrake Linux operating system.\n"
-"\n"
-"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
-"\"Capacity\".\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
-"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
-"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
-"hard drives:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
-"\n"
-"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
-"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
-"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
-msgstr ""
-"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
-"Please choose which one you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
-"Mandrake Linux operating system.\n"
-"\n"
-"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
-"\"Capacity\".\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
-"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
-"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
-"hard drives:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
-"\n"
-"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
-"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
-"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"After you have configured the general bootloader parameters, the list of\n"
-"boot options that will be available at boot time will be displayed.\n"
-"\n"
-"If there are other operating systems installed on your machine they will\n"
-"automatically be added to the boot menu. You can fine-tune the existing\n"
-"options by clicking \"%s\" to create a new entry; selecting an entry and\n"
-"clicking \"%s\" or \"%s\" to modify or remove it. \"%s\" validates your\n"
-"changes.\n"
-"\n"
-"You may also not want to give access to these other operating systems to\n"
-"anyone who goes to the console and reboots the machine. You can delete the\n"
-"corresponding entries for the operating systems to remove them from the\n"
-"bootloader menu, but you will need a boot disk in order to boot those other\n"
-"operating systems!"
-msgstr ""
-"After you have configured the general bootloader parameters, the list of\n"
-"boot options that will be available at boot time will be displayed.\n"
-"\n"
-"If there are other operating systems installed on your machine they will\n"
-"automatically be added to the boot menu. You can fine-tune the existing\n"
-"options by clicking \"%s\" to create a new entry; selecting an entry and\n"
-"clicking \"%s\" or \"%s\" to modify or remove it. \"%s\" validates your\n"
-"changes.\n"
-"\n"
-"You may also not want to give access to these other operating systems to\n"
-"anyone who goes to the console and reboots the machine. You can delete the\n"
-"corresponding entries for the operating systems to remove them from the\n"
-"bootloader menu, but you will need a boot disk in order to boot those other\n"
-"operating systems!"
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"This dialog allows you to fine tune your bootloader:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": there are three choices for your bootloader:\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"%s\": if you prefer grub (text menu).\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its text menu interface.\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its graphical interface.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": in most cases, you will not change the default (\"%s\"), but if\n"
-"you prefer, the bootloader can be installed on the second hard drive\n"
-"(\"%s\"), or even on a floppy disk (\"%s\");\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": after a boot or a reboot of the computer, this is the delay\n"
-"given to the user at the console to select a boot entry other than the\n"
-"default.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": ACPI is a new standard (appeared during year 2002) for power\n"
-"management, notably for laptops. If you know your hardware supports it and\n"
-"you need it, check this box.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": If you noticed hardware problems on your machine (IRQ conflicts,\n"
-"instabilities, machine freeze, ...) you should try disabling APIC by\n"
-"checking this box.\n"
-"\n"
-"!! Beware that if you choose not to install a bootloader (by selecting\n"
-"\"%s\"), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrake Linux\n"
-"system! Be sure you know what you are doing before changing any of the\n"
-"options. !!\n"
-"\n"
-"Clicking the \"%s\" button in this dialog will offer advanced options which\n"
-"are normally reserved for the expert user."
-msgstr ""
-"This dialog allows you to fine tune your bootloader:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": there are three choices for your bootloader:\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"%s\": if you prefer grub (text menu).\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its text menu interface.\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its graphical interface.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": in most cases, you will not change the default (\"%s\"), but if\n"
-"you prefer, the bootloader can be installed on the second hard drive\n"
-"(\"%s\"), or even on a floppy disk (\"%s\");\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": after a boot or a reboot of the computer, this is the delay\n"
-"given to the user at the console to select a boot entry other than the\n"
-"default.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": ACPI is a new standard (appeared during year 2002) for power\n"
-"management, notably for laptops. If you know your hardware supports it and\n"
-"you need it, check this box.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": If you noticed hardware problems on your machine (IRQ conflicts,\n"
-"instabilities, machine freeze, ...) you should try disabling APIC by\n"
-"checking this box.\n"
-"\n"
-"!! Beware that if you choose not to install a bootloader (by selecting\n"
-"\"%s\"), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrake Linux\n"
-"system! Be sure you know what you are doing before changing any of the\n"
-"options. !!\n"
-"\n"
-"Clicking the \"%s\" button in this dialog will offer advanced options which\n"
-"are normally reserved for the expert user."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
 "Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
 "covers the entire Mandrake Linux distribution. If you do agree with all the\n"
 "terms in it, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\" button\n"
@@ -1351,17 +97,6 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
-"Mandrake Linux partition. Be careful, all data present on this partition\n"
-"will be lost and will not be recoverable!"
-msgstr ""
-"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
-"Mandrake Linux partition. Be careful, all data present on this partition\n"
-"will be lost and will not be recoverable!"
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
 "Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
 "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
 "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
@@ -1429,19 +164,6 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n"
-"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another one. If your country\n"
-"is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
-"country list."
-msgstr ""
-"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n"
-"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another one. If your country\n"
-"is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
-"country list."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
 "There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
 "ready to use. Just click \"%s\" to reboot the system. Don't forget to\n"
 "remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
@@ -1511,544 +233,3 @@ msgstr ""
 "(*) Sarц═ necessario un dischetto formattato con il filesystem FAT; per\n"
 "crearne uno con GNU/Linux digitate \"mformat a:\""
 
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level desired\n"
-"for the machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
-"higher if the machine will contain crucial data, or if it will be a machine\n"
-"directly exposed to the Internet. The trade-off of a higher security level\n"
-"is generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you do not know what to choose, stay with the default option. You will\n"
-"be able to change that security level later with tool draksec from the\n"
-"Mandrake Control Center.\n"
-"\n"
-"The \"%s\" field can inform the system of the user on this computer that\n"
-"will be responsible for security. Security messages will be sent to that\n"
-"address."
-msgstr ""
-"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level desired\n"
-"for the machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
-"higher if the machine will contain crucial data, or if it will be a machine\n"
-"directly exposed to the Internet. The trade-off of a higher security level\n"
-"is generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you do not know what to choose, stay with the default option. You will\n"
-"be able to change that security level later with tool draksec from the\n"
-"Mandrake Control Center.\n"
-"\n"
-"The \"%s\" field can inform the system of the user on this computer that\n"
-"will be responsible for security. Security messages will be sent to that\n"
-"address."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"This dialog is used to choose which services you wish to start at boot\n"
-"time.\n"
-"\n"
-"DrakX will list all the services available on the current installation.\n"
-"Review each one carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
-"time.\n"
-"\n"
-"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
-"selected. However, if you are not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
-"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
-"\n"
-"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
-"server: you will probably not want to start any services that you do not\n"
-"need. Please remember that several services can be dangerous if they are\n"
-"enabled on a server. In general, select only the services you really need.\n"
-"!!"
-msgstr ""
-"This dialog is used to choose which services you wish to start at boot\n"
-"time.\n"
-"\n"
-"DrakX will list all the services available on the current installation.\n"
-"Review each one carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
-"time.\n"
-"\n"
-"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
-"selected. However, if you are not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
-"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
-"\n"
-"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
-"server: you will probably not want to start any services that you do not\n"
-"need. Please remember that several services can be dangerous if they are\n"
-"enabled on a server. In general, select only the services you really need.\n"
-"!!"
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Your choice of preferred language will affect the language of the\n"
-"documentation, the installer and the system in general. Select first the\n"
-"region you are located in, and then the language you speak.\n"
-"\n"
-"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
-"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
-"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if you will\n"
-"host users from Spain on your machine, select English as the default\n"
-"language in the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
-"\n"
-"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
-"cover all existing languages. Though full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
-"still under development. For that reason, Mandrake Linux will be using it\n"
-"or not depending on the user choices:\n"
-"\n"
-" * If you choose a languages with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
-"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
-"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
-"\n"
-" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
-"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for the system at user request by\n"
-"selecting option \"%s\" independently of which language(s) have been\n"
-"chosen.\n"
-"\n"
-"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
-"may choose several ones, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\"\n"
-"box. Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell\n"
-"checkers, etc. for that language will be installed.\n"
-"\n"
-"To switch between the various languages installed on the system, you can\n"
-"launch the \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the\n"
-"language used by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user\n"
-"will only change the language settings for that particular user."
-msgstr ""
-"Your choice of preferred language will affect the language of the\n"
-"documentation, the installer and the system in general. Select first the\n"
-"region you are located in, and then the language you speak.\n"
-"\n"
-"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
-"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
-"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if you will\n"
-"host users from Spain on your machine, select English as the default\n"
-"language in the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
-"\n"
-"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
-"cover all existing languages. Though full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
-"still under development. For that reason, Mandrake Linux will be using it\n"
-"or not depending on the user choices:\n"
-"\n"
-" * If you choose a languages with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
-"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thaц╞, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
-"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
-"\n"
-" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
-"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for the system at user request by\n"
-"selecting option \"%s\" independently of which language(s) have been\n"
-"chosen.\n"
-"\n"
-"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
-"may choose several ones, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\"\n"
-"box. Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell\n"
-"checkers, etc. for that language will be installed.\n"
-"\n"
-"To switch between the various languages installed on the system, you can\n"
-"launch the \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the\n"
-"language used by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user\n"
-"will only change the language settings for that particular user."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n"
-"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n"
-"suits your needs."
-msgstr ""
-"In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n"
-"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n"
-"suits your needs."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Yaboot is a bootloader for NewWorld Macintosh hardware and can be used to\n"
-"boot GNU/Linux, MacOS or MacOSX. Normally, MacOS and MacOSX are correctly\n"
-"detected and installed in the bootloader menu. If this is not the case, you\n"
-"can add an entry by hand in this screen. Be careful to choose the correct\n"
-"parameters.\n"
-"\n"
-"Yaboot's main options are:\n"
-"\n"
-" * Init Message: a simple text message displayed before the boot prompt.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Boot Device: indicates where you want to place the information required\n"
-"to boot to GNU/Linux. Generally, you set up a bootstrap partition earlier\n"
-"to hold this information.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Open Firmware Delay: unlike LILO, there are two delays available with\n"
-"yaboot. The first delay is measured in seconds and at this point, you can\n"
-"choose between CD, OF boot, MacOS or Linux;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Kernel Boot Timeout: this timeout is similar to the LILO boot delay.\n"
-"After selecting Linux, you will have this delay in 0.1 second increments\n"
-"before your default kernel description is selected;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Enable CD Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``C'' for CD\n"
-"at the first boot prompt.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Enable OF Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``N'' for\n"
-"Open Firmware at the first boot prompt.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Default OS: you can select which OS will boot by default when the Open\n"
-"Firmware Delay expires."
-msgstr ""
-"Yaboot is a bootloader for NewWorld Macintosh hardware and can be used to\n"
-"boot GNU/Linux, MacOS or MacOSX. Normally, MacOS and MacOSX are correctly\n"
-"detected and installed in the bootloader menu. If this is not the case, you\n"
-"can add an entry by hand in this screen. Be careful to choose the correct\n"
-"parameters.\n"
-"\n"
-"Yaboot's main options are:\n"
-"\n"
-" * Init Message: a simple text message displayed before the boot prompt.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Boot Device: indicates where you want to place the information required\n"
-"to boot to GNU/Linux. Generally, you set up a bootstrap partition earlier\n"
-"to hold this information.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Open Firmware Delay: unlike LILO, there are two delays available with\n"
-"yaboot. The first delay is measured in seconds and at this point, you can\n"
-"choose between CD, OF boot, MacOS or Linux;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Kernel Boot Timeout: this timeout is similar to the LILO boot delay.\n"
-"After selecting Linux, you will have this delay in 0.1 second increments\n"
-"before your default kernel description is selected;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Enable CD Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ''C'' for CD\n"
-"at the first boot prompt.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Enable OF Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ''N'' for\n"
-"Open Firmware at the first boot prompt.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Default OS: you can select which OS will boot by default when the Open\n"
-"Firmware Delay expires."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"LILO and grub are GNU/Linux bootloaders. Normally, this stage is totally\n"
-"automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot sector and act according to\n"
-"what it finds there:\n"
-"\n"
-" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a grub/LILO\n"
-"boot sector. This way you will be able to load either GNU/Linux or any\n"
-"other OS installed on your machine.\n"
-"\n"
-" * if a grub or LILO boot sector is found, it will replace it with a new\n"
-"one.\n"
-"\n"
-"If it cannot make a determination, DrakX will ask you where to place the\n"
-"bootloader. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place. Choosing \"%s\"\n"
-"won't install any bootloader. Use it only if you know what you are doing."
-msgstr ""
-"LILO and grub are GNU/Linux bootloaders. Normally, this stage is totally\n"
-"automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot sector and act according to\n"
-"what it finds there:\n"
-"\n"
-" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a grub/LILO\n"
-"boot sector. This way you will be able to load either GNU/Linux or any\n"
-"other OS installed on your machine.\n"
-"\n"
-" * if a grub or LILO boot sector is found, it will replace it with a new\n"
-"one.\n"
-"\n"
-"If it cannot make a determination, DrakX will ask you where to place the\n"
-"bootloader. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place. Choosing \"%s\"\n"
-"won't install any bootloader. Use it only if you know what you are doing."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Monitor\n"
-"\n"
-"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
-"monitor connected to your machine. If it is incorrect, you can choose from\n"
-"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer."
-msgstr ""
-"Monitor\n"
-"\n"
-"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
-"monitor connected to your machine. If it is incorrect, you can choose from\n"
-"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
-"installation of your Mandrake Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
-"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
-"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
-"partitions must be defined.\n"
-"\n"
-"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
-"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
-"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
-"\n"
-"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
-"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
-"\n"
-"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
-"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
-"perform this step.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
-"floppy disk.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
-"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it doesn't always\n"
-"work.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
-"originally on the hard drive.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
-"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
-"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
-"partitioning.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
-"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
-"save your changes back to disk.\n"
-"\n"
-"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
-"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
-"\n"
-"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
-"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
-"\n"
-"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
-"\n"
-" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
-"\n"
-" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
-"\n"
-" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
-"\n"
-"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
-"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
-msgstr ""
-"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
-"installation of your Mandrake Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
-"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
-"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
-"partitions must be defined.\n"
-"\n"
-"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
-"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ''hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
-"''hdb'' for the second, ''sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
-"\n"
-"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
-"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
-"\n"
-"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
-"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
-"perform this step.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
-"floppy disk.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
-"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it doesn't always\n"
-"work.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
-"originally on the hard drive.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": unchecking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
-"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
-"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
-"partitioning.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
-"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
-"save your changes back to disk.\n"
-"\n"
-"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
-"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
-"\n"
-"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
-"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
-"\n"
-"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
-"\n"
-" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
-"\n"
-" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
-"\n"
-" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
-"\n"
-"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
-"read the ext2FS chapter from the ''Manuale di riferimento''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"''bootstrap'' partition of at least 1Mb which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50Mb, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/it/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has about your\n"
-"system. Depending on your installed hardware, you may have some or all of\n"
-"the following entries. Each entry is made up of the configuration item to\n"
-"be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current configuration.\n"
-"Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to change that.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change that if\n"
-"necessary.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n"
-"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another one. If your country\n"
-"is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
-"country list.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": By default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
-"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
-"correct.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": check the current mouse configuration and click on the button to\n"
-"change it if necessary.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
-"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
-"Guide'' for more information on how to setup a new printer. The interface\n"
-"presented there is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed\n"
-"here. If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is\n"
-"actually present on your system, you can click on the button and choose\n"
-"another driver.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
-"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
-"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": if a TV card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n"
-"If you have a TV card and it is not detected, click on \"%s\" to try to\n"
-"configure it manually.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": if an ISDN card is detected on your system, it will be displayed\n"
-"here. You can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with the\n"
-"card.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": If you wish to configure your Internet or local network access\n"
-"now.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
-"previous step ().\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
-"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
-"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
-"firewall settings.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click that\n"
-"button. This should be reserved to advanced users.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": here you'll be able to fine control which services will be run\n"
-"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
-"idea to review this setup."
-msgstr ""
-"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has about your\n"
-"system. Depending on your installed hardware, you may have some or all of\n"
-"the following entries. Each entry is made up of the configuration item to\n"
-"be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current configuration.\n"
-"Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to change that.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change that if\n"
-"necessary.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n"
-"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another one. If your country\n"
-"is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
-"country list.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": By default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
-"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
-"correct.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": check the current mouse configuration and click on the button to\n"
-"change it if necessary.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
-"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ''Guida\n"
-"introduttiva'' for more information on how to setup a new printer. The\n"
-"interface presented there is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed\n"
-"here. If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is\n"
-"actually present on your system, you can click on the button and choose\n"
-"another driver.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
-"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
-"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": if a TV card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n"
-"If you have a TV card and it is not detected, click on \"%s\" to try to\n"
-"configure it manually.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": if an ISDN card is detected on your system, it will be displayed\n"
-"here. You can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with the\n"
-"card.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": If you wish to configure your Internet or local network access\n"
-"now.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
-"previous step ().\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
-"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
-"the corresponding section of the ''Guida introduttiva'' for details about\n"
-"firewall settings.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click that\n"
-"button. This should be reserved to advanced users.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": here you'll be able to fine control which services will be run\n"
-"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
-"idea to review this setup."
-
diff --git a/perl-install/share/po/help-ru.pot b/perl-install/share/po/help-ru.pot
index 66c60ed54..71deee978 100644
--- a/perl-install/share/po/help-ru.pot
+++ b/perl-install/share/po/help-ru.pot
@@ -5,1093 +5,6 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n"
-"If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is actually\n"
-"present on your system, you can click on the button and choose another\n"
-"driver."
-msgstr ""
-"\"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n"
-"If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is actually\n"
-"present on your system, you can click on the button and choose another\n"
-"driver."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"If you told the installer that you wanted to individually select packages,\n"
-"it will present a tree containing all packages classified by groups and\n"
-"subgroups. While browsing the tree, you can select entire groups,\n"
-"subgroups, or individual packages.\n"
-"\n"
-"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description appears on the\n"
-"right to let you know the purpose of the package.\n"
-"\n"
-"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
-"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
-"you will be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
-"installed. By default Mandrake Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
-"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
-"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that that\n"
-"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandrake Linux was\n"
-"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do\n"
-"or why it is being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will\n"
-"install the listed services and they will be started automatically by\n"
-"default during boot. !!\n"
-"\n"
-"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
-"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
-"dependency issue. Some packages have relationships between each other such\n"
-"that installation of a package requires that some other program is also\n"
-"required to be installed. The installer can determine which packages are\n"
-"required to satisfy a dependency to successfully complete the installation.\n"
-"\n"
-"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
-"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
-"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
-"on this icon will ask you to insert a floppy disk previously created at the\n"
-"end of another installation. See the second tip of last step on how to\n"
-"create such a floppy."
-msgstr ""
-"If you told the installer that you wanted to individually select packages,\n"
-"it will present a tree containing all packages classified by groups and\n"
-"subgroups. While browsing the tree, you can select entire groups,\n"
-"subgroups, or individual packages.\n"
-"\n"
-"Whenever you select a package on the tree, a description appears on the\n"
-"right to let you know the purpose of the package.\n"
-"\n"
-"!! If a server package has been selected, either because you specifically\n"
-"chose the individual package or because it was part of a group of packages,\n"
-"you will be asked to confirm that you really want those servers to be\n"
-"installed. By default Mandrake Linux will automatically start any installed\n"
-"services at boot time. Even if they are safe and have no known issues at\n"
-"the time the distribution was shipped, it is entirely possible that that\n"
-"security holes were discovered after this version of Mandrake Linux was\n"
-"finalized. If you do not know what a particular service is supposed to do\n"
-"or why it is being installed, then click \"%s\". Clicking \"%s\" will\n"
-"install the listed services and they will be started automatically by\n"
-"default during boot. !!\n"
-"\n"
-"The \"%s\" option is used to disable the warning dialog which appears\n"
-"whenever the installer automatically selects a package to resolve a\n"
-"dependency issue. Some packages have relationships between each other such\n"
-"that installation of a package requires that some other program is also\n"
-"rerquired to be installed. The installer can determine which packages are\n"
-"required to satisfy a dependency to successfully complete the installation.\n"
-"\n"
-"The tiny floppy disk icon at the bottom of the list allows you to load a\n"
-"package list created during a previous installation. This is useful if you\n"
-"have a number of machines that you wish to configure identically. Clicking\n"
-"on this icon will ask you to insert a floppy disk previously created at the\n"
-"end of another installation. See the second tip of last step on how to\n"
-"create such a floppy."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"At this point, you need to decide where you want to install the Mandrake\n"
-"Linux operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or\n"
-"if an existing operating system is using all the available space you will\n"
-"have to partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive consists\n"
-"of logically dividing it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
-"Mandrake Linux system.\n"
-"\n"
-"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
-"and can lead to lost data if there is an existing operating system already\n"
-"installed on the drive, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful if\n"
-"you are an inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
-"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
-"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
-"\n"
-"Depending on your hard drive configuration, several options are available:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": this option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
-"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": the wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
-"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
-"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
-"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
-"a good idea to keep them.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": if Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
-"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
-"GNU/Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and\n"
-"data (see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows\n"
-"FAT or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any\n"
-"data, provided you have previously defragmented the Windows partition.\n"
-"Backing up your data is strongly recommended.. Using this option is\n"
-"recommended if you want to use both Mandrake Linux and Microsoft Windows on\n"
-"the same computer.\n"
-"\n"
-"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
-"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
-"then when you started. You will have less free space under Microsoft\n"
-"Windows to store your data or to install new software.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": if you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
-"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandrake Linux system,\n"
-"choose this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo your\n"
-"choice after you confirm.\n"
-"\n"
-"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": this will simply erase everything on the drive and begin fresh,\n"
-"partitioning everything from scratch. All data on your disk will be lost.\n"
-"\n"
-"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
-"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
-"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
-"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
-"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
-"refer to the ``Managing Your Partitions'' section in the ``Starter Guide''."
-msgstr ""
-"At this point, you need to decide where you want to install the Mandrake\n"
-"Linux operating system on your hard drive. If your hard drive is empty or\n"
-"if an existing operating system is using all the available space you will\n"
-"have to partition the drive. Basically, partitioning a hard drive consists\n"
-"of logically dividing it to create the space needed to install your new\n"
-"Mandrake Linux system.\n"
-"\n"
-"Because the process of partitioning a hard drive is usually irreversible\n"
-"and can lead to lost data if there is an existing operating system already\n"
-"installed on the drive, partitioning can be intimidating and stressful if\n"
-"you are an inexperienced user. Fortunately, DrakX includes a wizard which\n"
-"simplifies this process. Before continuing with this step, read through the\n"
-"rest of this section and above all, take your time.\n"
-"\n"
-"Depending on your hard drive configuration, several options are available:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": this option will perform an automatic partitioning of your blank\n"
-"drive(s). If you use this option there will be no further prompts.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": the wizard has detected one or more existing Linux partitions on\n"
-"your hard drive. If you want to use them, choose this option. You will then\n"
-"be asked to choose the mount points associated with each of the partitions.\n"
-"The legacy mount points are selected by default, and for the most part it's\n"
-"a good idea to keep them.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": if Microsoft Windows is installed on your hard drive and takes\n"
-"all the space available on it, you will have to create free space for\n"
-"Linux. To do so, you can delete your Microsoft Windows partition and data\n"
-"(see ``Erase entire disk'' solution) or resize your Microsoft Windows FAT\n"
-"or NTFS partition. Resizing can be performed without the loss of any data,\n"
-"provided you have previously defragmented the Windows partition. Backing up\n"
-"your data is strongly recommended.. Using this option is recommended if you\n"
-"want to use both Mandrake Linux and Microsoft Windows on the same computer.\n"
-"\n"
-"   Before choosing this option, please understand that after this\n"
-"procedure, the size of your Microsoft Windows partition will be smaller\n"
-"then when you started. You will have less free space under Microsoft\n"
-"Windows to store your data or to install new software.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": if you want to delete all data and all partitions present on\n"
-"your hard drive and replace them with your new Mandrake Linux system,\n"
-"choose this option. Be careful, because you will not be able to undo your\n"
-"choice after you confirm.\n"
-"\n"
-"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be deleted. !!\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": this will simply erase everything on the drive and begin fresh,\n"
-"partitioning everything from scratch. All data on your disk will be lost.\n"
-"\n"
-"   !! If you choose this option, all data on your disk will be lost. !!\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": choose this option if you want to manually partition your hard\n"
-"drive. Be careful -- it is a powerful but dangerous choice and you can very\n"
-"easily lose all your data. That's why this option is really only\n"
-"recommended if you have done something like this before and have some\n"
-"experience. For more instructions on how to use the DiskDrake utility,\n"
-"refer to the ``Управление разделами диска'' section in the ``Стартовое\n"
-"руководство пользователя''."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
-"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
-"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
-"\n"
-"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
-"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
-"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
-"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
-"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
-"issues.\n"
-"\n"
-"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
-"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
-"configure the driver."
-msgstr ""
-"DrakX will first detect any IDE devices present in your computer. It will\n"
-"also scan for one or more PCI SCSI cards on your system. If a SCSI card is\n"
-"found, DrakX will automatically install the appropriate driver.\n"
-"\n"
-"Because hardware detection is not foolproof, DrakX may fail in detecting\n"
-"your hard drives. If so, you'll have to specify your hardware by hand.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you had to manually specify your PCI SCSI adapter, DrakX will ask if you\n"
-"want to configure options for it. You should allow DrakX to probe the\n"
-"hardware for the card-specific options which are needed to initialize the\n"
-"adapter. Most of the time, DrakX will get through this step without any\n"
-"issues.\n"
-"\n"
-"If DrakX is not able to probe for the options to automatically determine\n"
-"which parameters need to be passed to the hardware, you'll need to manually\n"
-"configure the driver."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"The Mandrake Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
-"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
-"CD and ask you to insert the correct CD as required."
-msgstr ""
-"The Mandrake Linux installation is distributed on several CD-ROMs. If a\n"
-"selected package is located on another CD-ROM, DrakX will eject the current\n"
-"CD and ask you to insert the correct CD as required."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"It is now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your\n"
-"system. There are thousands of packages available for Mandrake Linux, and\n"
-"to make it simpler to manage the packages have been placed into groups of\n"
-"similar applications.\n"
-"\n"
-"Packages are sorted into groups corresponding to a particular use of your\n"
-"machine. Mandrake Linux sorts packages groups in four categories. You can\n"
-"mix and match applications from the various categories, so a\n"
-"``Workstation'' installation can still have applications from the\n"
-"``Development'' category installed.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
-"more of the groups that are in the workstation category.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": if plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
-"appropriate groups from that category.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
-"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
-"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
-"interface available.\n"
-"\n"
-"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
-"text about that group. If you unselect all groups when performing a regular\n"
-"installation (as opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up proposing\n"
-"different options for a minimal installation:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
-"working graphical desktop.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
-"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
-"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
-"command line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
-"megabytes.\n"
-"\n"
-"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you are familiar with the\n"
-"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
-"be installed.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you started the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can unselect all groups\n"
-"to avoid installing any new package. This is useful for repairing or\n"
-"updating an existing system."
-msgstr ""
-"It is now time to specify which programs you wish to install on your\n"
-"system. There are thousands of packages available for Mandrake Linux, and\n"
-"to make it simpler to manage the packages have been placed into groups of\n"
-"similar applications.\n"
-"\n"
-"Packages are sorted into groups corresponding to a particular use of your\n"
-"machine. Mandrake Linux sorts packages groups in four categories. You can\n"
-"mix and match applications from the various categories, so a\n"
-"``Workstation'' installation can still have applications from the\n"
-"``Development'' category installed.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": if you plan to use your machine as a workstation, select one or\n"
-"more of the groups that are in the workstation category.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": if plan on using your machine for programming, select the\n"
-"appropriate groups from that category.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": if your machine is intended to be a server, select which of the\n"
-"more common services you wish to install on your machine.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": this is where you will choose your preferred graphical\n"
-"environment. At least one must be selected if you want to have a graphical\n"
-"interface available.\n"
-"\n"
-"Moving the mouse cursor over a group name will display a short explanatory\n"
-"text about that group. If you unselect all groups when performing a regular\n"
-"installation (as opposed to an upgrade), a dialog will pop up proposing\n"
-"different options for a minimal installation:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": install the minimum number of packages possible to have a\n"
-"working graphical desktop.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": installs the base system plus basic utilities and their\n"
-"documentation. This installation is suitable for setting up a server.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": will install the absolute minimum number of packages necessary\n"
-"to get a working Linux system. With this installation you will only have a\n"
-"command line interface. The total size of this installation is about 65\n"
-"megabytes.\n"
-"\n"
-"You can check the \"%s\" box, which is useful if you are familiar with the\n"
-"packages being offered or if you want to have total control over what will\n"
-"be installed.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you started the installation in \"%s\" mode, you can unselect all groups\n"
-"to avoid installing any new package. This is useful for repairing or\n"
-"updating an existing system."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"This step is activated only if an old GNU/Linux partition has been found on\n"
-"your machine.\n"
-"\n"
-"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new install or an upgrade\n"
-"of an existing Mandrake Linux system:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system. If\n"
-"you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or change the file\n"
-"system, you should use this option. However, depending on your partitioning\n"
-"scheme, you can prevent some of your existing data from being over-written.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": this installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
-"currently installed on your Mandrake Linux system. Your current\n"
-"partitioning scheme and user data is not altered. Most of other\n"
-"configuration steps remain available, similar to a standard installation.\n"
-"\n"
-"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandrake Linux systems\n"
-"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an Upgrade on versions prior\n"
-"to Mandrake Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
-msgstr ""
-"This step is activated only if an old GNU/Linux partition has been found on\n"
-"your machine.\n"
-"\n"
-"DrakX now needs to know if you want to perform a new install or an upgrade\n"
-"of an existing Mandrake Linux system:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": For the most part, this completely wipes out the old system. If\n"
-"you wish to change how your hard drives are partitioned, or change the file\n"
-"system, you should use this option. However, depending on your partitioning\n"
-"scheme, you can prevent some of your existing data from being over-written.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": this installation class allows you to update the packages\n"
-"currently installed on your Mandrake Linux system. Your current\n"
-"partitioning scheme and user data is not altered. Most of other\n"
-"configuration steps remain available, similar to a standard installation.\n"
-"\n"
-"Using the ``Upgrade'' option should work fine on Mandrake Linux systems\n"
-"running version \"8.1\" or later. Performing an Upgrade on versions prior\n"
-"to Mandrake Linux version \"8.1\" is not recommended."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Any partitions that have been newly defined must be formatted for use\n"
-"(formatting means creating a file system).\n"
-"\n"
-"At this time, you may wish to reformat some already existing partitions to\n"
-"erase any data they contain. If you wish to do that, please select those\n"
-"partitions as well.\n"
-"\n"
-"Please note that it is not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
-"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
-"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to\n"
-"reformat partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically\n"
-"\"/home\").\n"
-"\n"
-"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After formatting, all data on\n"
-"the selected partitions will be deleted and you will not be able to recover\n"
-"it.\n"
-"\n"
-"Click on \"%s\" when you are ready to format partitions.\n"
-"\n"
-"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
-"Mandrake Linux operating system installation.\n"
-"\n"
-"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions that will be checked for\n"
-"bad blocks on the disk."
-msgstr ""
-"Any partitions that have been newly defined must be formatted for use\n"
-"(formatting means creating a file system).\n"
-"\n"
-"At this time, you may wish to reformat some already existing partitions to\n"
-"erase any data they contain. If you wish to do that, please select those\n"
-"partitions as well.\n"
-"\n"
-"Please note that it is not necessary to reformat all pre-existing\n"
-"partitions. You must reformat the partitions containing the operating\n"
-"system (such as \"/\", \"/usr\" or \"/var\") but you do not have to\n"
-"reformat partitions containing data that you wish to keep (typically\n"
-"\"/home\").\n"
-"\n"
-"Please be careful when selecting partitions. After formatting, all data on\n"
-"the selected partitions will be deleted and you will not be able to recover\n"
-"it.\n"
-"\n"
-"Click on \"%s\" when you are ready to format partitions.\n"
-"\n"
-"Click on \"%s\" if you want to choose another partition for your new\n"
-"Mandrake Linux operating system installation.\n"
-"\n"
-"Click on \"%s\" if you wish to select partitions that will be checked for\n"
-"bad blocks on the disk."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Options\n"
-"\n"
-"   Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n"
-"switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check\n"
-"\"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n"
-"in getting the display configured."
-msgstr ""
-"Options\n"
-"\n"
-"   Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n"
-"switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check\n"
-"\"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n"
-"in getting the display configured."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
-"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
-"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
-"any Windows data.\n"
-"\n"
-"Click on \"%s\" to stop this operation without losing any data and\n"
-"partitions present on this hard drive."
-msgstr ""
-"Click on \"%s\" if you want to delete all data and partitions present on\n"
-"this hard drive. Be careful, after clicking on \"%s\", you will not be able\n"
-"to recover any data and partitions present on this hard drive, including\n"
-"any Windows data.\n"
-"\n"
-"Click on \"%s\" to stop this operation without losing any data and\n"
-"partitions present on this hard drive."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"At the time you are installing Mandrake Linux, it is likely that some\n"
-"packages have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been\n"
-"fixed, security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these\n"
-"updates, you are now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\"\n"
-"if you have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to\n"
-"install updated packages later.\n"
-"\n"
-"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of places from which updates can be\n"
-"retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree will\n"
-"appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install the\n"
-"selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
-msgstr ""
-"At the time you are installing Mandrake Linux, it is likely that some\n"
-"packages have been updated since the initial release. Bugs may have been\n"
-"fixed, security issues resolved. To allow you to benefit from these\n"
-"updates, you are now able to download them from the Internet. Check \"%s\"\n"
-"if you have a working Internet connection, or \"%s\" if you prefer to\n"
-"install updated packages later.\n"
-"\n"
-"Choosing \"%s\" will display a list of places from which updates can be\n"
-"retrieved. You should choose one near to you. A package-selection tree will\n"
-"appear: review the selection, and press \"%s\" to retrieve and install the\n"
-"selected package(s), or \"%s\" to abort."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Depending on the language you chose in section , DrakX will automatically\n"
-"select a particular type of keyboard configuration. Check the selection\n"
-"suits you or choose another keyboard layout.\n"
-"\n"
-"Also, you may not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your\n"
-"language: for example, if you are an English-speaking Swiss native, you may\n"
-"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English and are located in Quebec,\n"
-"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
-"country-set keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step\n"
-"will allow you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
-"\n"
-"Click on the \"%s\" button to be presented with the complete list of\n"
-"supported keyboards.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
-"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding that will switch the\n"
-"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
-msgstr ""
-"Depending on the language you chose in section , DrakX will automatically\n"
-"select a particular type of keyboard configuration. Check the selection\n"
-"suits you or chose another keyboard layout.\n"
-"\n"
-"Also, you may not have a keyboard that corresponds exactly to your\n"
-"language: for example, if you are an English speaking Swiss person, you may\n"
-"have a Swiss keyboard. Or if you speak English but are located in Qu\x{00e9}bec,\n"
-"you may find yourself in the same situation where your native language and\n"
-"keyboard do not match. In either case, this installation step will allow\n"
-"you to select an appropriate keyboard from a list.\n"
-"\n"
-"Click on the \"%s\" button to be presented with the complete list of\n"
-"supported keyboards.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you choose a keyboard layout based on a non-Latin alphabet, the next\n"
-"dialog will allow you to choose the key binding that will switch the\n"
-"keyboard between the Latin and non-Latin layouts."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"You will now set up your Internet/network connection. If you wish to\n"
-"connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click \"%s\".\n"
-"Mandrake Linux will attempt to auto-detect network devices and modems. If\n"
-"this detection fails, uncheck the \"%s\" box. You may also choose not to\n"
-"configure the network, or to do it later, in which case clicking the \"%s\"\n"
-"button will take you to the next step.\n"
-"\n"
-"When configuring your network, the available connections options are:\n"
-"Normal modem connection, Winmodem connection, ISDN modem, ADSL connection,\n"
-"cable modem, and finally a simple LAN connection (Ethernet).\n"
-"\n"
-"We will not detail each configuration option - just make sure that you have\n"
-"all the parameters, such as IP address, default gateway, DNS servers, etc.\n"
-"from your Internet Service Provider or system administrator.\n"
-"\n"
-"Winmodems are special integrated low-end modems that require an additional\n"
-"software to work compared to Normal modems. Some of those modems actually\n"
-"work under Mandrake Linux, some others not. You can consult the list of\n"
-"supported modems at LinModems.\n"
-"\n"
-"You can consult the ``Starter Guide'' chapter about Internet connections\n"
-"for details about the configuration, or simply wait until your system is\n"
-"installed and use the program described there to configure your connection."
-msgstr ""
-"You will now set up your Internet/network connection. If you wish to\n"
-"connect your computer to the Internet or to a local network, click \"%s\".\n"
-"Mandrake Linux will attempt to autodetect network devices and modems. If\n"
-"this detection fails, uncheck the \"%s\" box. You may also choose not to\n"
-"configure the network, or to do it later, in which case clicking the \"%s\"\n"
-"button will take you to the next step.\n"
-"\n"
-"When configuring your network, the available connections options are:\n"
-"Normal modem connection, Winmodem connection, ISDN modem, ADSL connection,\n"
-"cable modem, and finally a simple LAN connection (Ethernet).\n"
-"\n"
-"We will not detail each configuration option - just make sure that you have\n"
-"all the parameters, such as IP address, default gateway, DNS servers, etc.\n"
-"from your Internet Service Provider or system administrator.\n"
-"\n"
-"Winmodems are special integrated low-end modems that require an additional\n"
-"software to work compared to Normal modems. Some of those modems actually\n"
-"work under Mandrake Linux, some others not. You can consult the the list of\n"
-"supported modems at LinModems.\n"
-"\n"
-"You can consult the ``Стартовое руководство пользователя'' chapter about\n"
-"Internet connections for details about the configuration, or simply wait\n"
-"until your system is installed and use the program described there to\n"
-"configure your connection."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
-"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
-"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandrake Linux rely upon.\n"
-"\n"
-"You will be presented with a list of different parameters to change to get\n"
-"an optimal graphical display: Graphic Card\n"
-"\n"
-"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
-"graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n"
-"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
-"\n"
-"   In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n"
-"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n"
-"suits your needs.\n"
-"\n"
-"\n"
-"\n"
-"Monitor\n"
-"\n"
-"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
-"monitor connected to your machine. If it is incorrect, you can choose from\n"
-"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer.\n"
-"\n"
-"\n"
-"\n"
-"Resolution\n"
-"\n"
-"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
-"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n"
-"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n"
-"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
-"\n"
-"\n"
-"\n"
-"Test\n"
-"\n"
-"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
-"\n"
-"   the system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
-"resolution. If you can see the message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
-"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you cannot see the message, it\n"
-"means that some part of the auto-detected configuration was incorrect and\n"
-"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds, bringing you back to the\n"
-"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
-"\n"
-"\n"
-"\n"
-"Options\n"
-"\n"
-"   Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n"
-"switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check\n"
-"\"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n"
-"in getting the display configured."
-msgstr ""
-"X (for X Window System) is the heart of the GNU/Linux graphical interface\n"
-"on which all the graphical environments (KDE, GNOME, AfterStep,\n"
-"WindowMaker, etc.) bundled with Mandrake Linux rely upon.\n"
-"\n"
-"You will be presented with a list of different parameters to change to get\n"
-"an optimal graphical display: Graphic Card\n"
-"\n"
-"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
-"graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n"
-"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
-"\n"
-"   In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n"
-"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n"
-"suits your needs.\n"
-"\n"
-"\n"
-"\n"
-"Monitor\n"
-"\n"
-"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
-"monitor connected to your machine. If it is incorrect, you can choose from\n"
-"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer.\n"
-"\n"
-"\n"
-"\n"
-"Resolution\n"
-"\n"
-"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
-"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n"
-"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n"
-"configuration is shown in the monitor picture.\n"
-"\n"
-"\n"
-"\n"
-"Test\n"
-"\n"
-"   Depending on your hardware, this entry might not appear.\n"
-"\n"
-"   the system will try to open a graphical screen at the desired\n"
-"resolution. If you can see the message during the test and answer \"%s\",\n"
-"then DrakX will proceed to the next step. If you cannot see the message, it\n"
-"means that some part of the autodetected configuration was incorrect and\n"
-"the test will automatically end after 12 seconds, bringing you back to the\n"
-"menu. Change settings until you get a correct graphical display.\n"
-"\n"
-"\n"
-"\n"
-"Options\n"
-"\n"
-"   Here you can choose whether you want to have your machine automatically\n"
-"switch to a graphical interface at boot. Obviously, you want to check\n"
-"\"%s\" if your machine is to act as a server, or if you were not successful\n"
-"in getting the display configured."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Resolution\n"
-"\n"
-"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
-"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n"
-"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n"
-"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
-msgstr ""
-"Resolution\n"
-"\n"
-"   Here you can choose the resolutions and color depths available for your\n"
-"hardware. Choose the one that best suits your needs (you will be able to\n"
-"change that after installation though). A sample of the chosen\n"
-"configuration is shown in the monitor picture."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
-"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter Guide'' for more\n"
-"information on how to setup a new printer. The interface presented there is\n"
-"similar to the one used during installation."
-msgstr ""
-"\"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer configuration\n"
-"wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Стартовое руководство\n"
-"пользователя'' for more information on how to setup a new printer. The\n"
-"interface presented there is similar to the one used during installation."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other OSs may\n"
-"offer you one, but Mandrake Linux offers two. Each of the printing system\n"
-"is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, don't queue'', is the choice\n"
-"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
-"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
-"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
-"with networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your first\n"
-"experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\" - `` Common Unix Printing System'', is an excellent choice for\n"
-"printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the planet. It is\n"
-"simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for the ancient\n"
-"\"lpd \" printing system, so it compatible with older operating systems\n"
-"which may still need print services. While quite powerful, the basic setup\n"
-"is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to emulate a \"lpd\" server, make\n"
-"sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd \" daemon. \"%s\" includes graphical\n"
-"front-ends for printing or choosing printer options and for managing the\n"
-"printer.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you make a choice now, and later find that you don't like your printing\n"
-"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandrake Control\n"
-"Center and clicking the expert button."
-msgstr ""
-"Now, it's time to select a printing system for your computer. Other OSs may\n"
-"offer you one, but Mandrake Linux offers two. Each of the printing system\n"
-"is best suited to particular types of configuration.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\" -- which is an acronym for ``print, don't queue'', is the choice\n"
-"if you have a direct connection to your printer, you want to be able to\n"
-"panic out of printer jams, and you do not have networked printers. (\"%s\"\n"
-"will handle only very simple network cases and is somewhat slow when used\n"
-"with networks.) It's recommended that you use \"pdq\" if this is your first\n"
-"experience with GNU/Linux.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\" - `` Common Unix Printing System'', is an excellent choice for\n"
-"printing to your local printer or to one halfway around the planet. It is\n"
-"simple to configure and can act as a server or a client for the ancient\n"
-"\"lpd \" printing system, so it compatible with older operating systems\n"
-"which may still need print services. While quite powerful, the basic setup\n"
-"is almost as easy as \"pdq\". If you need to emulate a \"lpd\" server, make\n"
-"sure you turn on the \"cups-lpd \" daemon. \"%s\" includes graphical\n"
-"front-ends for printing or choosing printer options and for managing the\n"
-"printer.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you make a choice now, and later find that you don't like your printing\n"
-"system you may change it by running PrinterDrake from the Mandrake Control\n"
-"Center and clicking the expert button."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
-"system: you have to enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
-"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
-"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
-"do everything! That is why you must choose a password that is difficult to\n"
-"guess - DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too easy. As you\n"
-"can see, you are not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise you\n"
-"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
-"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
-"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
-"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
-"\"root\".\n"
-"\n"
-"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
-"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
-"too easy to compromise a system.\n"
-"\n"
-"One caveat -- do not make the password too long or complicated because you\n"
-"must be able to remember it!\n"
-"\n"
-"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it in. To reduce\n"
-"the chance of a blind typing error you will need to enter the password\n"
-"twice. If you do happen to make the same typing error twice, this\n"
-"``incorrect'' password will be the one you will have use the first time you\n"
-"connect.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you wish access to this computer to be controlled by an authentication\n"
-"server, click the \"%s\" button.\n"
-"\n"
-"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
-"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
-"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, if your computer\n"
-"will never be connected to the Internet and you absolutely trust everybody\n"
-"who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
-msgstr ""
-"This is the most crucial decision point for the security of your GNU/Linux\n"
-"system: you have to enter the \"root\" password. \"Root\" is the system\n"
-"administrator and is the only user authorized to make updates, add users,\n"
-"change the overall system configuration, and so on. In short, \"root\" can\n"
-"do everything! That is why you must choose a password that is difficult to\n"
-"guess - DrakX will tell you if the password you chose is too easy. As you\n"
-"can see, you are not forced to enter a password, but we strongly advise you\n"
-"against this. GNU/Linux is just as prone to operator error as any other\n"
-"operating system. Since \"root\" can overcome all limitations and\n"
-"unintentionally erase all data on partitions by carelessly accessing the\n"
-"partitions themselves, it is important that it be difficult to become\n"
-"\"root\".\n"
-"\n"
-"The password should be a mixture of alphanumeric characters and at least 8\n"
-"characters long. Never write down the \"root\" password -- it makes it far\n"
-"too easy to compromise a system.\n"
-"\n"
-"One caveat -- do not make the password too long or complicated because you\n"
-"must be able to remember it!\n"
-"\n"
-"The password will not be displayed on screen as you type it in. To reduce\n"
-"the chance of a blind typing error you will need to enter the password\n"
-"twice. If you do happen to make the same typing error twice, this\n"
-"``incorrect'' password will be the one you will have use the first time you\n"
-"connect.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you wish access to this computer to be controlled by an authentication\n"
-"server, click the \"%s\" button.\n"
-"\n"
-"If your network uses either LDAP, NIS, or PDC Windows Domain authentication\n"
-"services, select the appropriate one for \"%s\". If you do not know which\n"
-"one to use, you should ask your network administrator.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you happen to have problems with remembering passwords, if your computer\n"
-"will never be connected to the internet and you absolutely trust everybody\n"
-"who uses your computer, you can choose to have \"%s\"."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Graphic Card\n"
-"\n"
-"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
-"graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n"
-"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
-"\n"
-"   In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n"
-"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n"
-"suits your needs."
-msgstr ""
-"Graphic Card\n"
-"\n"
-"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
-"graphic card installed on your machine. If it is not the case, you can\n"
-"choose from this list the card you actually have installed.\n"
-"\n"
-"   In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n"
-"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n"
-"suits your needs."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"You can add additional entries in yaboot for other operating systems,\n"
-"alternate kernels, or for an emergency boot image.\n"
-"\n"
-"For other OSs, the entry consists only of a label and the \"root\"\n"
-"partition.\n"
-"\n"
-"For Linux, there are a few possible options:\n"
-"\n"
-" * Label: this is the name you will have to type at the yaboot prompt to\n"
-"select this boot option.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Image: this is the name of the kernel to boot. Typically, vmlinux or a\n"
-"variation of vmlinux with an extension.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Root: the \"root\" device or ``/'' for your Linux installation.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Append: on Apple hardware, the kernel append option is often used to\n"
-"assist in initializing video hardware, or to enable keyboard mouse button\n"
-"emulation for the missing 2nd and 3rd mouse buttons on a stock Apple mouse.\n"
-"The following are some examples:\n"
-"\n"
-"   	      video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
-"hda=autotune\n"
-"\n"
-"   	      video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
-"\n"
-" * Initrd: this option can be used either to load initial modules before\n"
-"the boot device is available, or to load a ramdisk image for an emergency\n"
-"boot situation.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Initrd-size: the default ramdisk size is generally 4096 Kbytes. If you\n"
-"need to allocate a large ramdisk, this option can be used to specify a\n"
-"ramdisk larger than the default.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Read-write: normally the \"root\" partition is initially mounted as\n"
-"read-only, to allow a file system check before the system becomes ``live''.\n"
-"You can override the default with this option.\n"
-"\n"
-" * NoVideo: should the Apple video hardware prove to be exceptionally\n"
-"problematic, you can select this option to boot in ``novideo'' mode, with\n"
-"native frame buffer support.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Default: selects this entry as being the default Linux selection,\n"
-"selectable by pressing ENTER at the yaboot prompt. This entry will also be\n"
-"highlighted with a ``*'' if you press [Tab] to see the boot selections."
-msgstr ""
-"You can add additional entries in yaboot for other operating systems,\n"
-"alternate kernels, or for an emergency boot image.\n"
-"\n"
-"For other OSs, the entry consists only of a label and the \"root\"\n"
-"partition.\n"
-"\n"
-"For Linux, there are a few possible options:\n"
-"\n"
-" * Label: this is the name you will have to type at the yaboot prompt to\n"
-"select this boot option.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Image: this is the name of the kernel to boot. Typically, vmlinux or a\n"
-"variation of vmlinux with an extension.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Root: the \"root\" device or ``/'' for your Linux installation.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Append: on Apple hardware, the kernel append option is often used to\n"
-"assist in initializing video hardware, or to enable keyboard mouse button\n"
-"emulation for the missing 2nd and 3rd mouse buttons on a stock Apple mouse.\n"
-"The following are some examples:\n"
-"\n"
-"   	      video=aty128fb:vmode:17,cmode:32,mclk:71 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
-"hda=autotune\n"
-"\n"
-"   	      video=atyfb:vmode:12,cmode:24 adb_buttons=103,111\n"
-"\n"
-" * Initrd: this option can be used either to load initial modules before\n"
-"the boot device is available, or to load a ramdisk image for an emergency\n"
-"boot situation.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Initrd-size: the default ramdisk size is generally 4096 Kbytes. If you\n"
-"need to allocate a large ramdisk, this option can be used to specify a\n"
-"ramdisk larger than the default.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Read-write: normally the \"root\" partition is initially mounted as\n"
-"read-only, to allow a file system check before the system becomes ``live''.\n"
-"You can override the default with this option.\n"
-"\n"
-" * NoVideo: should the Apple video hardware prove to be exceptionally\n"
-"problematic, you can select this option to boot in ``novideo'' mode, with\n"
-"native frame buffer support.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Default: selects this entry as being the default Linux selection,\n"
-"selectable by pressing ENTER at the yaboot prompt. This entry will also be\n"
-"highlighted with a ``*'' if you press [Tab] to see the boot selections."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
-"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
-"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
-"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
-"hardware clock are in the same time zone. This is useful when the machine\n"
-"also hosts another operating system like Windows.\n"
-"\n"
-"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the clock by connecting to a\n"
-"remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to work, you must have\n"
-"a working Internet connection. It is best to choose a time server located\n"
-"near you. This option actually installs a time server that can be used by\n"
-"other machines on your local network as well."
-msgstr ""
-"GNU/Linux manages time in GMT (Greenwich Mean Time) and translates it to\n"
-"local time according to the time zone you selected. If the clock on your\n"
-"motherboard is set to local time, you may deactivate this by unselecting\n"
-"\"%s\", which will let GNU/Linux know that the system clock and the\n"
-"hardware clock are in the same timezone. This is useful when the machine\n"
-"also hosts another operating system like Windows.\n"
-"\n"
-"The \"%s\" option will automatically regulate the clock by connecting to a\n"
-"remote time server on the Internet. For this feature to work, you must have\n"
-"a working Internet connection. It is best to choose a time server located\n"
-"near you. This option actually installs a time server that can be used by\n"
-"other machines on your local network as well."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
-"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
-"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
-"two-button mouse can be ``pressed'' by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
-"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
-"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
-"\n"
-"In case you have a 3 buttons mouse without wheel, you can choose the mouse\n"
-"that says \"%s\". DrakX will then configure your mouse so that you can\n"
-"simulate the wheel with it: to do so, press the middle button and move your\n"
-"mouse up and down.\n"
-"\n"
-"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
-"from the list provided.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you choose a mouse other than the default, a test screen will be\n"
-"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
-"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
-"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and to\n"
-"go back to the list of choices.\n"
-"\n"
-"Wheel mice are occasionally not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
-"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
-"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
-"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image is displayed on-screen. Scroll\n"
-"the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activated correctly. Once you see the\n"
-"on-screen scroll wheel moving as you scroll your mouse wheel, test the\n"
-"buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you move your\n"
-"mouse."
-msgstr ""
-"Usually, DrakX has no problems detecting the number of buttons on your\n"
-"mouse. If it does, it assumes you have a two-button mouse and will\n"
-"configure it for third-button emulation. The third-button mouse button of a\n"
-"two-button mouse can be ``pressed'' by simultaneously clicking the left and\n"
-"right mouse buttons. DrakX will automatically know whether your mouse uses\n"
-"a PS/2, serial or USB interface.\n"
-"\n"
-"If for some reason you wish to specify a different type of mouse, select it\n"
-"from the list provided.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you choose a mouse other than the default, a test screen will be\n"
-"displayed. Use the buttons and wheel to verify that the settings are\n"
-"correct and that the mouse is working correctly. If the mouse is not\n"
-"working well, press the space bar or [Return] key to cancel the test and to\n"
-"go back to the list of choices.\n"
-"\n"
-"Wheel mice are occasionally not detected automatically, so you will need to\n"
-"select your mouse from a list. Be sure to select the one corresponding to\n"
-"the port that your mouse is attached to. After selecting a mouse and\n"
-"pressing the \"%s\" button, a mouse image is displayed on-screen. Scroll\n"
-"the mouse wheel to ensure that it is activated correctly. Once you see the\n"
-"on-screen scroll wheel moving as you scroll your mouse wheel, test the\n"
-"buttons and check that the mouse pointer moves on-screen as you move your\n"
-"mouse."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
-"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
-msgstr ""
-"Please select the correct port. For example, the \"COM1\" port under\n"
-"Windows is named \"ttyS0\" under GNU/Linux."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
 "GNU/Linux is a multi-user system, meaning each user may have their own\n"
 "preferences, their own files and so on. You can read the ``Starter Guide''\n"
 "to learn more about multi-user systems. But unlike \"root\", who is the\n"
@@ -1169,173 +82,6 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
-"Please choose which one you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
-"Mandrake Linux operating system.\n"
-"\n"
-"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
-"\"Capacity\".\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
-"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
-"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
-"hard drives:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
-"\n"
-"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
-"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
-"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
-msgstr ""
-"More than one Microsoft partition has been detected on your hard drive.\n"
-"Please choose which one you want to resize in order to install your new\n"
-"Mandrake Linux operating system.\n"
-"\n"
-"Each partition is listed as follows: \"Linux name\", \"Windows name\"\n"
-"\"Capacity\".\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Linux name\" is structured: \"hard drive type\", \"hard drive number\",\n"
-"\"partition number\" (for example, \"hda1\").\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Hard drive type\" is \"hd\" if your hard dive is an IDE hard drive and\n"
-"\"sd\" if it is a SCSI hard drive.\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Hard drive number\" is always a letter after \"hd\" or \"sd\". With IDE\n"
-"hard drives:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"a\" means \"master hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"b\" means \"slave hard drive on the primary IDE controller\";\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"c\" means \"master hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\";\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"d\" means \"slave hard drive on the secondary IDE controller\".\n"
-"\n"
-"With SCSI hard drives, an \"a\" means \"lowest SCSI ID\", a \"b\" means\n"
-"\"second lowest SCSI ID\", etc.\n"
-"\n"
-"\"Windows name\" is the letter of your hard drive under Windows (the first\n"
-"disk or partition is called \"C:\")."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"After you have configured the general bootloader parameters, the list of\n"
-"boot options that will be available at boot time will be displayed.\n"
-"\n"
-"If there are other operating systems installed on your machine they will\n"
-"automatically be added to the boot menu. You can fine-tune the existing\n"
-"options by clicking \"%s\" to create a new entry; selecting an entry and\n"
-"clicking \"%s\" or \"%s\" to modify or remove it. \"%s\" validates your\n"
-"changes.\n"
-"\n"
-"You may also not want to give access to these other operating systems to\n"
-"anyone who goes to the console and reboots the machine. You can delete the\n"
-"corresponding entries for the operating systems to remove them from the\n"
-"bootloader menu, but you will need a boot disk in order to boot those other\n"
-"operating systems!"
-msgstr ""
-"After you have configured the general bootloader parameters, the list of\n"
-"boot options that will be available at boot time will be displayed.\n"
-"\n"
-"If there are other operating systems installed on your machine they will\n"
-"automatically be added to the boot menu. You can fine-tune the existing\n"
-"options by clicking \"%s\" to create a new entry; selecting an entry and\n"
-"clicking \"%s\" or \"%s\" to modify or remove it. \"%s\" validates your\n"
-"changes.\n"
-"\n"
-"You may also not want to give access to these other operating systems to\n"
-"anyone who goes to the console and reboots the machine. You can delete the\n"
-"corresponding entries for the operating systems to remove them from the\n"
-"bootloader menu, but you will need a boot disk in order to boot those other\n"
-"operating systems!"
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"This dialog allows you to fine tune your bootloader:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": there are three choices for your bootloader:\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"%s\": if you prefer grub (text menu).\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its text menu interface.\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its graphical interface.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": in most cases, you will not change the default (\"%s\"), but if\n"
-"you prefer, the bootloader can be installed on the second hard drive\n"
-"(\"%s\"), or even on a floppy disk (\"%s\");\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": after a boot or a reboot of the computer, this is the delay\n"
-"given to the user at the console to select a boot entry other than the\n"
-"default.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": ACPI is a new standard (appeared during year 2002) for power\n"
-"management, notably for laptops. If you know your hardware supports it and\n"
-"you need it, check this box.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": If you noticed hardware problems on your machine (IRQ conflicts,\n"
-"instabilities, machine freeze, ...) you should try disabling APIC by\n"
-"checking this box.\n"
-"\n"
-"!! Beware that if you choose not to install a bootloader (by selecting\n"
-"\"%s\"), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrake Linux\n"
-"system! Be sure you know what you are doing before changing any of the\n"
-"options. !!\n"
-"\n"
-"Clicking the \"%s\" button in this dialog will offer advanced options which\n"
-"are normally reserved for the expert user."
-msgstr ""
-"This dialog allows you to fine tune your bootloader:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": there are three choices for your bootloader:\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"%s\": if you prefer grub (text menu).\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its text menu interface.\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"%s\": if you prefer LILO with its graphical interface.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": in most cases, you will not change the default (\"%s\"), but if\n"
-"you prefer, the bootloader can be installed on the second hard drive\n"
-"(\"%s\"), or even on a floppy disk (\"%s\");\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": after a boot or a reboot of the computer, this is the delay\n"
-"given to the user at the console to select a boot entry other than the\n"
-"default.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": ACPI is a new standard (appeared during year 2002) for power\n"
-"management, notably for laptops. If you know your hardware supports it and\n"
-"you need it, check this box.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": If you noticed hardware problems on your machine (IRQ conflicts,\n"
-"instabilities, machine freeze, ...) you should try disabling APIC by\n"
-"checking this box.\n"
-"\n"
-"!! Beware that if you choose not to install a bootloader (by selecting\n"
-"\"%s\"), you must ensure that you have a way to boot your Mandrake Linux\n"
-"system! Be sure you know what you are doing before changing any of the\n"
-"options. !!\n"
-"\n"
-"Clicking the \"%s\" button in this dialog will offer advanced options which\n"
-"are normally reserved for the expert user."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
 "Before continuing, you should carefully read the terms of the license. It\n"
 "covers the entire Mandrake Linux distribution. If you do agree with all the\n"
 "terms in it, check the \"%s\" box. If not, clicking on the \"%s\" button\n"
@@ -1349,17 +95,6 @@ msgstr ""
 # DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
 # cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
 msgid ""
-"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
-"Mandrake Linux partition. Be careful, all data present on this partition\n"
-"will be lost and will not be recoverable!"
-msgstr ""
-"Choose the hard drive you want to erase in order to install your new\n"
-"Mandrake Linux partition. Be careful, all data present on this partition\n"
-"will be lost and will not be recoverable!"
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
 "Listed here are the existing Linux partitions detected on your hard drive.\n"
 "You can keep the choices made by the wizard, since they are good for most\n"
 "common installations. If you make any changes, you must at least define a\n"
@@ -1421,623 +156,3 @@ msgstr ""
 "Для жестких дисков SCSI, \"a\" означает \"lowest SCSI ID\", а \"b\"\n"
 "означает \"second lowest SCSI ID\", и т.д."
 
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n"
-"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another one. If your country\n"
-"is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
-"country list."
-msgstr ""
-"\"%s\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n"
-"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another one. If your country\n"
-"is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
-"country list."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
-"ready to use. Just click \"%s\" to reboot the system. Don't forget to\n"
-"remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
-"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
-"bootloader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
-"\n"
-"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": to create an installation floppy disk that will automatically\n"
-"perform a whole installation without the help of an operator, similar to\n"
-"the installation you just configured.\n"
-"\n"
-"   Note that two different options are available after clicking the button:\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
-"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
-"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
-"\n"
-"   This feature is very handy when installing a number of similar machines.\n"
-"See the Auto install section on our web site for more information.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
-"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
-"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key and type >>linux\n"
-"defcfg=\"floppy\" <<.\n"
-"\n"
-"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy (to create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
-"\"mformat a:\")"
-msgstr ""
-"There you are. Installation is now complete and your GNU/Linux system is\n"
-"ready to use. Just click \"%s\" to reboot the system. Don't forget to\n"
-"remove the installation media (CD-ROM or floppy). The first thing you\n"
-"should see after your computer has finished doing its hardware tests is the\n"
-"bootloader menu, giving you the choice of which operating system to start.\n"
-"\n"
-"The \"%s\" button shows two more buttons to:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": to create an installation floppy disk that will automatically\n"
-"perform a whole installation without the help of an operator, similar to\n"
-"the installation you just configured.\n"
-"\n"
-"   Note that two different options are available after clicking the button:\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"%s\". This is a partially automated installation. The partitioning\n"
-"step is the only interactive procedure.\n"
-"\n"
-"    * \"%s\". Fully automated installation: the hard disk is completely\n"
-"rewritten, all data is lost.\n"
-"\n"
-"   This feature is very handy when installing a number of similar machines.\n"
-"See the Auto install section on our web site for more information.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\"(*): saves a list of the packages selected in this installation.\n"
-"To use this selection with another installation, insert the floppy and\n"
-"start the installation. At the prompt, press the [F1] key and type >>linux\n"
-"defcfg=\"floppy\" <<.\n"
-"\n"
-"(*) You need a FAT-formatted floppy (to create one under GNU/Linux, type\n"
-"\"mformat a:\")"
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level desired\n"
-"for the machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
-"higher if the machine will contain crucial data, or if it will be a machine\n"
-"directly exposed to the Internet. The trade-off of a higher security level\n"
-"is generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you do not know what to choose, stay with the default option. You will\n"
-"be able to change that security level later with tool draksec from the\n"
-"Mandrake Control Center.\n"
-"\n"
-"The \"%s\" field can inform the system of the user on this computer that\n"
-"will be responsible for security. Security messages will be sent to that\n"
-"address."
-msgstr ""
-"At this point, DrakX will allow you to choose the security level desired\n"
-"for the machine. As a rule of thumb, the security level should be set\n"
-"higher if the machine will contain crucial data, or if it will be a machine\n"
-"directly exposed to the Internet. The trade-off of a higher security level\n"
-"is generally obtained at the expense of ease of use.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you do not know what to choose, stay with the default option. You will\n"
-"be able to change that security level later with tool draksec from the\n"
-"Mandrake Control Center.\n"
-"\n"
-"The \"%s\" field can inform the system of the user on this computer that\n"
-"will be responsible for security. Security messages will be sent to that\n"
-"address."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"This dialog is used to choose which services you wish to start at boot\n"
-"time.\n"
-"\n"
-"DrakX will list all the services available on the current installation.\n"
-"Review each one carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
-"time.\n"
-"\n"
-"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
-"selected. However, if you are not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
-"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
-"\n"
-"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
-"server: you will probably not want to start any services that you do not\n"
-"need. Please remember that several services can be dangerous if they are\n"
-"enabled on a server. In general, select only the services you really need.\n"
-"!!"
-msgstr ""
-"This dialog is used to choose which services you wish to start at boot\n"
-"time.\n"
-"\n"
-"DrakX will list all the services available on the current installation.\n"
-"Review each one carefully and uncheck those which are not needed at boot\n"
-"time.\n"
-"\n"
-"A short explanatory text will be displayed about a service when it is\n"
-"selected. However, if you are not sure whether a service is useful or not,\n"
-"it is safer to leave the default behavior.\n"
-"\n"
-"!! At this stage, be very careful if you intend to use your machine as a\n"
-"server: you will probably not want to start any services that you do not\n"
-"need. Please remember that several services can be dangerous if they are\n"
-"enabled on a server. In general, select only the services you really need.\n"
-"!!"
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Your choice of preferred language will affect the language of the\n"
-"documentation, the installer and the system in general. Select first the\n"
-"region you are located in, and then the language you speak.\n"
-"\n"
-"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
-"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
-"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if you will\n"
-"host users from Spain on your machine, select English as the default\n"
-"language in the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
-"\n"
-"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
-"cover all existing languages. Though full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
-"still under development. For that reason, Mandrake Linux will be using it\n"
-"or not depending on the user choices:\n"
-"\n"
-" * If you choose a languages with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
-"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Thai, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
-"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
-"\n"
-" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
-"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for the system at user request by\n"
-"selecting option \"%s\" independently of which language(s) have been\n"
-"chosen.\n"
-"\n"
-"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
-"may choose several ones, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\"\n"
-"box. Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell\n"
-"checkers, etc. for that language will be installed.\n"
-"\n"
-"To switch between the various languages installed on the system, you can\n"
-"launch the \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the\n"
-"language used by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user\n"
-"will only change the language settings for that particular user."
-msgstr ""
-"Your choice of preferred language will affect the language of the\n"
-"documentation, the installer and the system in general. Select first the\n"
-"region you are located in, and then the language you speak.\n"
-"\n"
-"Clicking on the \"%s\" button will allow you to select other languages to\n"
-"be installed on your workstation, thereby installing the language-specific\n"
-"files for system documentation and applications. For example, if you will\n"
-"host users from Spain on your machine, select English as the default\n"
-"language in the tree view and \"%s\" in the Advanced section.\n"
-"\n"
-"About UTF-8 (unicode) support: Unicode is a new character encoding meant to\n"
-"cover all existing languages. Though full support for it in GNU/Linux is\n"
-"still under development. For that reason, Mandrake Linux will be using it\n"
-"or not depending on the user choices:\n"
-"\n"
-" * If you choose a languages with a strong legacy encoding (latin1\n"
-"languages, Russian, Japanese, Chinese, Korean, Tha\x{00ef}, Greek, Turkish, most\n"
-"iso-8859-2 languages), the legacy encoding will be used by default;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Other languages will use unicode by default;\n"
-"\n"
-" * If two or more languages are required, and those languages are not using\n"
-"the same encoding, then unicode will be used for the whole system;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Finally, unicode can also be forced for the system at user request by\n"
-"selecting option \"%s\" independently of which language(s) have been\n"
-"chosen.\n"
-"\n"
-"Note that you're not limited to choosing a single additional language. You\n"
-"may choose several ones, or even install them all by selecting the \"%s\"\n"
-"box. Selecting support for a language means translations, fonts, spell\n"
-"checkers, etc. for that language will be installed.\n"
-"\n"
-"To switch between the various languages installed on the system, you can\n"
-"launch the \"/usr/sbin/localedrake\" command as \"root\" to change the\n"
-"language used by the entire system. Running the command as a regular user\n"
-"will only change the language settings for that particular user."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n"
-"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n"
-"suits your needs."
-msgstr ""
-"In the case that different servers are available for your card, with or\n"
-"without 3D acceleration, you are then asked to choose the server that best\n"
-"suits your needs."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Yaboot is a bootloader for NewWorld Macintosh hardware and can be used to\n"
-"boot GNU/Linux, MacOS or MacOSX. Normally, MacOS and MacOSX are correctly\n"
-"detected and installed in the bootloader menu. If this is not the case, you\n"
-"can add an entry by hand in this screen. Be careful to choose the correct\n"
-"parameters.\n"
-"\n"
-"Yaboot's main options are:\n"
-"\n"
-" * Init Message: a simple text message displayed before the boot prompt.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Boot Device: indicates where you want to place the information required\n"
-"to boot to GNU/Linux. Generally, you set up a bootstrap partition earlier\n"
-"to hold this information.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Open Firmware Delay: unlike LILO, there are two delays available with\n"
-"yaboot. The first delay is measured in seconds and at this point, you can\n"
-"choose between CD, OF boot, MacOS or Linux;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Kernel Boot Timeout: this timeout is similar to the LILO boot delay.\n"
-"After selecting Linux, you will have this delay in 0.1 second increments\n"
-"before your default kernel description is selected;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Enable CD Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``C'' for CD\n"
-"at the first boot prompt.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Enable OF Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``N'' for\n"
-"Open Firmware at the first boot prompt.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Default OS: you can select which OS will boot by default when the Open\n"
-"Firmware Delay expires."
-msgstr ""
-"Yaboot is a bootloader for NewWorld Macintosh hardware and can be used to\n"
-"boot GNU/Linux, MacOS or MacOSX. Normally, MacOS and MacOSX are correctly\n"
-"detected and installed in the bootloader menu. If this is not the case, you\n"
-"can add an entry by hand in this screen. Be careful to choose the correct\n"
-"parameters.\n"
-"\n"
-"Yaboot's main options are:\n"
-"\n"
-" * Init Message: a simple text message displayed before the boot prompt.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Boot Device: indicates where you want to place the information required\n"
-"to boot to GNU/Linux. Generally, you set up a bootstrap partition earlier\n"
-"to hold this information.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Open Firmware Delay: unlike LILO, there are two delays available with\n"
-"yaboot. The first delay is measured in seconds and at this point, you can\n"
-"choose between CD, OF boot, MacOS or Linux;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Kernel Boot Timeout: this timeout is similar to the LILO boot delay.\n"
-"After selecting Linux, you will have this delay in 0.1 second increments\n"
-"before your default kernel description is selected;\n"
-"\n"
-" * Enable CD Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``C'' for CD\n"
-"at the first boot prompt.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Enable OF Boot?: checking this option allows you to choose ``N'' for\n"
-"Open Firmware at the first boot prompt.\n"
-"\n"
-" * Default OS: you can select which OS will boot by default when the Open\n"
-"Firmware Delay expires."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"LILO and grub are GNU/Linux bootloaders. Normally, this stage is totally\n"
-"automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot sector and act according to\n"
-"what it finds there:\n"
-"\n"
-" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a grub/LILO\n"
-"boot sector. This way you will be able to load either GNU/Linux or any\n"
-"other OS installed on your machine.\n"
-"\n"
-" * if a grub or LILO boot sector is found, it will replace it with a new\n"
-"one.\n"
-"\n"
-"If it cannot make a determination, DrakX will ask you where to place the\n"
-"bootloader. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place. Choosing \"%s\"\n"
-"won't install any bootloader. Use it only if you know what you are doing."
-msgstr ""
-"LILO and grub are GNU/Linux bootloaders. Normally, this stage is totally\n"
-"automated. DrakX will analyze the disk boot sector and act according to\n"
-"what it finds there:\n"
-"\n"
-" * if a Windows boot sector is found, it will replace it with a grub/LILO\n"
-"boot sector. This way you will be able to load either GNU/Linux or any\n"
-"other OS installed on your machine.\n"
-"\n"
-" * if a grub or LILO boot sector is found, it will replace it with a new\n"
-"one.\n"
-"\n"
-"If it cannot make a determination, DrakX will ask you where to place the\n"
-"bootloader. Generally, the \"%s\" is the safest place. Choosing \"%s\"\n"
-"won't install any bootloader. Use it only if you know what you are doing."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"Monitor\n"
-"\n"
-"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
-"monitor connected to your machine. If it is incorrect, you can choose from\n"
-"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer."
-msgstr ""
-"Monitor\n"
-"\n"
-"   The installer will normally automatically detect and configure the\n"
-"monitor connected to your machine. If it is incorrect, you can choose from\n"
-"this list the monitor you actually have connected to your computer."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
-"installation of your Mandrake Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
-"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
-"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
-"partitions must be defined.\n"
-"\n"
-"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
-"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
-"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
-"\n"
-"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
-"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
-"\n"
-"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
-"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
-"perform this step.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
-"floppy disk.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
-"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it doesn't always\n"
-"work.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
-"originally on the hard drive.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": un-checking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
-"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
-"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
-"partitioning.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
-"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
-"save your changes back to disk.\n"
-"\n"
-"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
-"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
-"\n"
-"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
-"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
-"\n"
-"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
-"\n"
-" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
-"\n"
-" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
-"\n"
-" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
-"\n"
-"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
-"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Reference Manual''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
-msgstr ""
-"At this point, you need to choose which partition(s) will be used for the\n"
-"installation of your Mandrake Linux system. If partitions have already been\n"
-"defined, either from a previous installation of GNU/Linux or by another\n"
-"partitioning tool, you can use existing partitions. Otherwise, hard drive\n"
-"partitions must be defined.\n"
-"\n"
-"To create partitions, you must first select a hard drive. You can select\n"
-"the disk for partitioning by clicking on ``hda'' for the first IDE drive,\n"
-"``hdb'' for the second, ``sda'' for the first SCSI drive and so on.\n"
-"\n"
-"To partition the selected hard drive, you can use these options:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": this option deletes all partitions on the selected hard drive\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": this option enables you to automatically create ext3 and swap\n"
-"partitions in the free space of your hard drive\n"
-"\n"
-"\"%s\": gives access to additional features:\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": saves the partition table to a floppy. Useful for later\n"
-"partition-table recovery if necessary. It is strongly recommended that you\n"
-"perform this step.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": allows you to restore a previously saved partition table from a\n"
-"floppy disk.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": if your partition table is damaged, you can try to recover it\n"
-"using this option. Please be careful and remember that it doesn't always\n"
-"work.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": discards all changes and reloads the partition table that was\n"
-"originally on the hard drive.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": unchecking this option will force users to manually mount and\n"
-"unmount removable media such as floppies and CD-ROMs.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": use this option if you wish to use a wizard to partition your\n"
-"hard drive. This is recommended if you do not have a good understanding of\n"
-"partitioning.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": use this option to cancel your changes.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": allows additional actions on partitions (type, options, format)\n"
-"and gives more information about the hard drive.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": when you are finished partitioning your hard drive, this will\n"
-"save your changes back to disk.\n"
-"\n"
-"When defining the size of a partition, you can finely set the partition\n"
-"size by using the Arrow keys of your keyboard.\n"
-"\n"
-"Note: you can reach any option using the keyboard. Navigate through the\n"
-"partitions using [Tab] and the [Up/Down] arrows.\n"
-"\n"
-"When a partition is selected, you can use:\n"
-"\n"
-" * Ctrl-c to create a new partition (when an empty partition is selected)\n"
-"\n"
-" * Ctrl-d to delete a partition\n"
-"\n"
-" * Ctrl-m to set the mount point\n"
-"\n"
-"To get information about the different file system types available, please\n"
-"read the ext2FS chapter from the ``Справочное руководство''.\n"
-"\n"
-"If you are installing on a PPC machine, you will want to create a small HFS\n"
-"``bootstrap'' partition of at least 1MB which will be used by the yaboot\n"
-"bootloader. If you opt to make the partition a bit larger, say 50MB, you\n"
-"may find it a useful place to store a spare kernel and ramdisk images for\n"
-"emergency boot situations."
-
-# DO NOT BOTHER TO MODIFY HERE, SEE:
-# cvs.mandrakesoft.com:/cooker/doc/manualB/modules/ru/drakx-chapter.xml
-msgid ""
-"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has about your\n"
-"system. Depending on your installed hardware, you may have some or all of\n"
-"the following entries. Each entry is made up of the configuration item to\n"
-"be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current configuration.\n"
-"Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to change that.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change that if\n"
-"necessary.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n"
-"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another one. If your country\n"
-"is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
-"country list.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": By default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
-"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
-"correct.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": check the current mouse configuration and click on the button to\n"
-"change it if necessary.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
-"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Starter\n"
-"Guide'' for more information on how to setup a new printer. The interface\n"
-"presented there is similar to the one used during installation.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed\n"
-"here. If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is\n"
-"actually present on your system, you can click on the button and choose\n"
-"another driver.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
-"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
-"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": if a TV card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n"
-"If you have a TV card and it is not detected, click on \"%s\" to try to\n"
-"configure it manually.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": if an ISDN card is detected on your system, it will be displayed\n"
-"here. You can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with the\n"
-"card.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": If you wish to configure your Internet or local network access\n"
-"now.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
-"previous step ().\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
-"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
-"the corresponding section of the ``Starter Guide'' for details about\n"
-"firewall settings.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click that\n"
-"button. This should be reserved to advanced users.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": here you'll be able to fine control which services will be run\n"
-"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
-"idea to review this setup."
-msgstr ""
-"As a review, DrakX will present a summary of information it has about your\n"
-"system. Depending on your installed hardware, you may have some or all of\n"
-"the following entries. Each entry is made up of the configuration item to\n"
-"be configured, followed by a quick summary of the current configuration.\n"
-"Click on the corresponding \"%s\" button to change that.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": check the current keyboard map configuration and change that if\n"
-"necessary.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": check the current country selection. If you are not in this\n"
-"country, click on the \"%s\" button and choose another one. If your country\n"
-"is not in the first list shown, click the \"%s\" button to get the complete\n"
-"country list.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": By default, DrakX deduces your time zone based on the country\n"
-"you have chosen. You can click on the \"%s\" button here if this is not\n"
-"correct.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": check the current mouse configuration and click on the button to\n"
-"change it if necessary.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": clicking on the \"%s\" button will open the printer\n"
-"configuration wizard. Consult the corresponding chapter of the ``Стартовое\n"
-"руководство пользователя'' for more information on how to setup a new\n"
-"printer. The interface presented there is similar to the one used during\n"
-"installation.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": if a sound card is detected on your system, it is displayed\n"
-"here. If you notice the sound card displayed is not the one that is\n"
-"actually present on your system, you can click on the button and choose\n"
-"another driver.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": by default, DrakX configures your graphical interface in\n"
-"\"800x600\" or \"1024x768\" resolution. If that does not suit you, click on\n"
-"\"%s\" to reconfigure your graphical interface.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": if a TV card is detected on your system, it is displayed here.\n"
-"If you have a TV card and it is not detected, click on \"%s\" to try to\n"
-"configure it manually.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": if an ISDN card is detected on your system, it will be displayed\n"
-"here. You can click on \"%s\" to change the parameters associated with the\n"
-"card.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": If you wish to configure your Internet or local network access\n"
-"now.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": this entry allows you to redefine the security level as set in a\n"
-"previous step ().\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": if you plan to connect your machine to the Internet, it's a good\n"
-"idea to protect yourself from intrusions by setting up a firewall. Consult\n"
-"the corresponding section of the ``Стартовое руководство пользователя'' for\n"
-"details about firewall settings.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": if you wish to change your bootloader configuration, click that\n"
-"button. This should be reserved to advanced users.\n"
-"\n"
-" * \"%s\": here you'll be able to fine control which services will be run\n"
-"on your machine. If you plan to use this machine as a server it's a good\n"
-"idea to review this setup."
-